1 चारों ही सबजेक्ट में स्वमान के अनुभवी स्वरूप बन अनुभव की अथॉरिटी को कार्य में लगाओ chārō̃ hī subject mē̃ svamān kē|K anubhavī svarūp ban anubhav kī|key authority kō kārya mē̃ lagāō chārō̃ hī[p.] subject mē̃[postp.] svamān[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K anubhavī[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key authority kō[postp.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x only subject in self-respect (of|K) experienced form (x|become[root]) experience (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) authority to task in attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
1Be an embodiment of the experience of self-respect in all four subjects and use the authority of experience.
2आज ब्राह्मण संसार के रचयिता बापदादा अपने चारों ओर के ब्राह्मण संसार को देख रहे हैं . āj brāhmaṇ saṅsār kē|K rachayitā bāpdādā apnē chārō̃ ōr kē|K brāhmaṇ saṅsār kō dēkh rahē haĩ . āj brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅsār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rachayitā[x] bāpdādā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅsār[x] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . today Brahmin world (of|K) Creator BapDada one’s own everywhere (of|K) Brahmin world to see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
2Today, BapDada, the Creator of the Brahmin world is seeing His Brahmin world everywhere.
3हर एक ब्राह्मण सारे संसार में विशेष आत्मा है . har ēk brāhmaṇ sārē saṅsār mē̃ viśhēṣh ātmā hai . har ēk[x] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅsār[x] mē̃[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . each one Brahmin the whole world in special soul be[pres.sg.23] .
3Each Brahmin is a special soul in the whole Brahmin world.
4कोटों में कोई है क्योंकि साधारण तन में आये हुए बाप को पहचान लिया . kōṭō̃ mē̃ kōī hai kyōṅki sādhāraṇ tan mē̃ āyē huē bāp kō pahchān liyā . kōṭ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki sādhāraṇ[adj.] tan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] pahchānnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] . x in some be[pres.sg.23] because ordinary body in (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] father to recognise[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] .
4You are one out of multimillions because you have recognised the Father who has come in an ordinary body.
5बापदादा भी दिल में समाने वाले बच्चों को दिल से दिल का प्यार दे रहे हैं . bāpdādā bhī dil mē̃ samānē vālē bachchō̃ kō dil sē dil kā pyār dē rahē haĩ . bāpdādā bhī[p.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] samānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . BapDada too heart in merge[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who child to heart from heart of love give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
5BapDada is giving love from His heart to the children who have merged Him in their heart.
6हर एक बच्चा अपने को ऐसे बाप का प्यारा दिल में बाप को समाया हुआ अनुभव करते हैं ! har ēk bachchā apnē kō aisē bāp kā pyārā dil mē̃ bāp kō samāyā huā anubhav kartē haĩ ! har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] samānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ! each one child one’s own to such father of loving heart in father to merge[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.] experience do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] !
6Each child is experiencing himself to be loved by such a Father and is experiencing the Father to be merged in his or her heart.
7बाप के लिए हर बच्चा अति प्यारा सर्व का प्यारा है . bāp kē liē har|her bachchā ati pyārā sarv kā pyārā hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] har|harnā[root]|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ati pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sarv[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . father for (x|x[root]) child x loving all of loving be[pres.sg.23] .
7For the Father, every child is extremely lovely and loved by all.
8आप सभी बच्चों का सर्व आत्माओं के प्रति चैलेन्ज है कि हम योगी जीवन वाले हैं . āp sabhī bachchō̃ kā sarv ātmāō̃ kē prati challenge hai ki ham yōgī jīvan vālē haĩ . āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sarv[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē prati[x] challenge hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] yōgī[x] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . you all child of all soul for challenge be[pres.sg.23] that we yogi life those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 9सिर्फ योग लगाने वाले नहीं लेकिन योगी जीवन वाले हैं . sirph yōg lagānē vālē nahī̃ lēkin yōgī jīvan vālē haĩ . sirph[adj.] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] lēkin yōgī[x] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . only yoga attach[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who not but yogi life those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
8All of you children have issued a challenge to all souls that you are those who have a yogi life: that you are not those who just have yoga, but you are those who have a yogi life.
10जीवन दो चार घण्टे की नहीं होती . jīvan dō chār ghaṇṭē kī|key nahī̃ hōtī . jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] dō chār[x] ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.f.] . life x hour (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) not be[pres-part.f.] . 11जीवन सदाकाल के लिए होती है . jīvan sadākāl kē liē hōtī hai . jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadākāl kē liē[x] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . life x for be[pres.sg.f.23] .
9A life is not just for two to four hours; a life is for all time.
12तो चलते फिरते कर्म करते योगी जीवन वाले निरन्तर योगी हैं . tō chaltē phirtē karma kartē yōgī jīvan vālē nirantar yōgī haĩ . tō chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] phirnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] yōgī[x] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nirantar[x] yōgī[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] turn[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] deed do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] yogi life those who x yogi be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
10So, while walking and moving around and performing actions, you are constant yogis who have a yogi life.
13चाहे योग में बैठते , चाहे कोई भी कर्म करते कर्मयोगी हैं . chāhē yōg mē̃ baiṭhtē , chāhē kōī bhī karma kartē karmayōgī haĩ . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] kōī bhī[x] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] karmyōgī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) yoga in sit[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) anyone deed do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] karma yogi be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
11Whether you are sitting in yoga or doing any other work, you are karma yogis.
14जीवन का लक्ष्य ही है सदा योगी . jīvan kā lakṣhya hī hai sadā yōgī . jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sadā yōgī[x] . life of aim only be[pres.sg.23] constantly yogi .
12The aim of your life is to be constant yogis.
15ऐसे अपनी योगी जीवन , नेचरल जीवन अनुभव करते हो ? aisē apnī yōgī jīvan , natural jīvan anubhav kartē hō ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] yōgī[x] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] , natural jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? such one’s own yogi life , natural life experience do[pres.pl.m.2] ?
13Do you experience your yogi life to be a natural life?
16बापदादा हर बच्चे के मस्तक में चमकता हुआ भाग्य देखते हैं . bāpdādā har|her bachchē kē|K mastak mē̃ chamaktā huā bhāgya dēkhtē haĩ . bāpdādā har|harnā[root]|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mastak[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chamaknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada (x|x[root]) child (of|K) forehead in x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.] x see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
14BapDada is seeing the sparkling fortune on the forehead of each child.
17क्या देखते हैं ? kyā dēkhtē haĩ ? kyā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? what see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
15What is He seeing?
18मेरा हर बच्चा स्वमानधारी , स्वराज्य अधिकारी है . mērā har|her bachchā svamāndhārī , svarājya adhikārī hai . maĩ[pn.sg.kā] har|harnā[root]|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] svamāndhārī[adj.] , svarājya adhikārī[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . I[.kā] (x|x[root]) child those with self-respect , self-sovereign be[pres.sg.23] .
16Each child of Mine is one who has self-respect and is a self-sovereign, a master of the self.
19क्यों ? kyō̃ ? kyō̃ ? why ?
17Why?
20जहाँ स्वमान है वहाँ देहभान आ नहीं सकता . jahā̃ svamān hai vahā̃ dēhbhān ā nahī̃ saktā . jahā̃ svamān[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vahā̃ dēhbhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . where there self-respect be[pres.sg.23] there body consciousness come[root] not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
18Where there is self-respect, there cannot be body consciousness.
21आदि से अन्त तक , अब तक बापदादा ने हर एक बच्चे को भिन्न-भिन्न स्वमान दिये हैं . ādi sē ant tak , ab tak bāpdādā nē har ēk bachchē kō bhinn-bhinn svamān diyē haĩ . ādi[adj.] sē[postp.] ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] tak , ab[adv.] tak bāpdādā nē[postp.] har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] bhinn[adj.] svamān[x] dēnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . etc. from end until , now until BapDada ∅ each one child to different self-respect give[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
19From the beginning to the end, until now, BapDada has given every child different types of self-respect.
22अगर अभी भी स्वमानों को याद करो और एक-एक स्वमान की माला फेरते जाओ तो अनेक स्वमान स्वरूप बन , स्वमान में लवलीन हो जायेंगे . agar abhī bhī svamānō̃ kō yād karō aur ēk-ēk svamān kī|key mālā phērtē jāō tō anēk svamān svarūp ban , svamān mē̃ lavlīn hō jāyēṅgē . agar ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] svamān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur ēk[adj.] svamān[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mālā[n.f.;sg.] phērnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] tō anēk[adj.] svamān[x] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] , svamān[x] mē̃[postp.] lavlīn[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . if now too self-respect to remember and one self-respect (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) garland go around[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] then many self-respect form (x|become[root]) , self-respect in x be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
20If you were to remember your self-respect now and continue to turn the beads of each point of self-respect, you would become an embodiment of many types of self-respect and become absorbed in that self-respect.
23लेकिन बापदादा को एक बात बच्चों की अब तक भी अच्छी नहीं लगती , वह जानते हो कौन सी ? lēkin bāpdādā kō ēk bāt bachchō̃ kī|key ab tak bhī achchhī nahī̃ lagtī , vah jāntē hō kaun see|sī|C ? lēkin bāpdādā kō[postp.] ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ab[adv.] tak bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres-part.f.] , vah[pn.sg.d.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] kaun[pn.;d.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C ? but BapDada to one matter child (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) now until too achcha not x[pres-part.f.] , that know[pres.pl.m.2] who (see|x) ?
21However, even now, BapDada doesn't like one thing about the children. 22Do you know what that is?
24जब कोई भी बच्चा कहता है कि हमें स्वमान में स्थित होने में कभी-कभी मेहनत लगती है , चाहते हैं लेकिन कभी-कभी मेहनत लगती है तो बाप सर्वशक्तिवान बच्चों की मेहनत नहीं देख सकते . jab kōī bhī bachchā kahtā hai ki hamē̃ svamān mē̃ sthit hōnē mē̃ kabhī-kabhī mēhnat lagtī hai , chāhtē haĩ lēkin kabhī-kabhī mēhnat lagtī hai tō bāp sarvśhaktivān bachchō̃ kī|key mēhnat nahī̃ dēkh saktē . jab kōī bhī[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kō] svamān[x] mē̃[postp.] sthit[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] kabhī[adv.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] , chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin kabhī[adv.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sarvśhaktivān[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] dēkhnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . when anyone child say[pres.sg.m.23] that we[.kō] self-respect in stabilised be[inf.m.pl.,o.] in ever effort x[pres.sg.f.23] , x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but ever effort x[pres.sg.f.23] then father Almighty Authority child (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) effort not see[root] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . 25क्योंकि जहाँ मोहब्बत होती है वहाँ मेहनत नहीं होती है . kyōṅki jahā̃ mōhabbat hōtī hai vahā̃ mēhnat nahī̃ hōtī hai . kyōṅki jahā̃ muhabbat[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] vahā̃ mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . because where there love be[pres.sg.f.23] there effort not be[pres.sg.f.23] .
23When some children say that they sometimes have to labour to stabilise themselves in their self-respect, that they want to do this, but that it sometimes takes them effort, then the Father cannot bear to see the effort of the almighty authority children because where there is love, there is no labour.
26जहाँ मेहनत है वहाँ मोहब्बत में कमी है . jahā̃ mēhnat hai vahā̃ mōhabbat mē̃ kamī hai . jahā̃ mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vahā̃ muhabbat[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . where there effort be[pres.sg.23] there love in x be[pres.sg.23] .
24Where there is labour, there is a lack of love.
27तो आज अमृतवेले बापदादा ने चारों ओर के ब्राह्मणों के पास चाहे देश चाहे विदेश में चक्कर लगाया तो क्या देखा ? tō āj amr̥itvēlē bāpdādā nē chārō̃ ōr kē|K brāhmaṇō̃ kē pās chāhē dēśh chāhē vidēśh mē̃ chakkar lagāyā tō kyā dēkhā ? tō āj amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē pās[x] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō kyā dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? then today amrit vela BapDada ∅ everywhere (of|K) Brahmin to (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) land (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) abroad in cycle attach[past-part.m.sg.d.] then what see[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
25Today, at amrit vela, BapDada toured around all the Brahmins everywhere in this land and abroad, and what did He see?
28कोई-कोई बच्चे स्वमान में बैठे हैं , सोच रहे हैं कि मैं बापदादा के दिलतख्त नशीन हूँ , सोच भी रहे हैं , स्वमान में स्थित होने का पुरूषार्थ भी कर रहे हैं लेकिन कमी क्या देखी ? kōī-kōī bachchē svamān mē̃ baiṭhē haĩ , sōch rahē haĩ ki maĩ bāpdādā kē|K diltakhta naśhīn hū̃ , sōch bhī rahē haĩ , svamān mē̃ sthit hōnē kā purūṣhārth bhī kar rahē haĩ lēkin kamī kyā dēkhī ? kōī[pn.;d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] svamān[x] mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , sōchnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K diltakht[n.m.;sg.,d.] naśhīn[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , sōchnā[root] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , svamān[x] mē̃[postp.] sthit[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puruṣhārth bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] lēkin kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kyā dēkhnā[past-part.f.] ? some child self-respect in sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , think[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that I BapDada (of|K) heart throne seated be[pres.sg.1] , think[root] too remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , self-respect in stabilised be[inf.m.pl.,o.] of effort too do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] but x what see[past-part.f.] ?
26Some children were sitting in their self-respect, they were thinking that they were seated on BapDada's heart-throne, they were thinking this, they were making effort to stabilise themselves in this self-respect, but what was the weakness that Baba saw?
29स्वमान याद है , सोच रहे हैं , लेकिन स्वमान स्वरूप बन , अनुभवी मूर्त बन अनुभव के अथॉरिटी स्वरूप बनने में कमी दिखाई दी क्योंकि अथॉरिटी तो बहुत है लेकिन सबसे बड़ी अथॉरिटी अनुभव की अथॉरिटी है और यह स्वमान की अनुभूति आलमाइटी अथॉरिटी ने दी है . svamān yād hai , sōch rahē haĩ , lēkin svamān svarūp ban , anubhavī mūrt ban anubhav kē|K authority svarūp bannē mē̃ kamī dikhāī dī kyōṅki authority tō bahut hai lēkin sabsē baṛī authority anubhav kī|key authority hai aur yah svamān kī|key anubhūti almighty authority nē dī hai . svamān[x] yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sōchnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , lēkin svamān[x] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] , anubhavī[adj.] mūrti, mūrt[n.f.;sg.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K authority svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dikhāī dēnā[past-part.f.] kyōṅki authority tō bahut hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin sabsē baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] authority anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key authority hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur yah[pn.sg.d.] svamān[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key anubhūti[n.f.;sg.] almighty authority[x] nē[postp.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . self-respect remembrance be[pres.sg.23] , think[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , but self-respect form (x|become[root]) , experienced image (x|become[root]) experience (of|K) authority form become[inf.m.pl.,o.] in x be visible because authority then very be[pres.sg.23] but the most very authority experience (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) authority be[pres.sg.23] and this self-respect (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) experience Almighty Authority ∅ give[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
27They remembered the self-respect, they were thinking about it, but the weakness visible was in being an embodiment of self-respect, in being an image of experience and in being an embodiment of the authority of experience. 28There are many authorities, but the greatest authority is the authority of experience and the Almighty Authority has given you the experience of self-respect.
30तो मेहनत कर रहा है लेकिन अनुभव स्वरूप नहीं बना . tō mēhnat kar rahā hai lēkin anubhav svarūp nahī̃ banā . tō mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] lēkin anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|banānā[root] . then effort do[pres.sg.m.prog.23] but experience form not (become[past-part.m.sg.d.]|create[root]) .
29So they were making effort but they did not become embodiments of experience.
31तो बापदादा ने यह देखा कि बैठते हैं , सोचते भी हैं लेकिन अनुभव स्वरूप कोई-कोई हैं . tō bāpdādā nē yah dēkhā ki baiṭhtē haĩ , sōchtē bhī haĩ lēkin anubhav svarūp kōī-kōī haĩ . tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] baiṭhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , sōchnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kōī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then BapDada ∅ this see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that sit[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , think[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too be[pres.pl.12hon3] but experience form some be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
30BapDada saw that while children sit, they even think about this, but only some are embodiments of experience.
32अनुभव में किसी भी प्रकार का देह अभिमान जरा भी अपने तरफ खींच नहीं सकता . anubhav mē̃ kisī bhī prakār kā dēh abhimān jarā bhī apnē taraph khīñch nahī̃ saktā . anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēh[n.f.;sg.] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] zarā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] khīñchnā, khaiñchnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . experience in (anything|some) too form of body arrogance x too one’s own direction pull[root] not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
31In that experience, not even the slightest body consciousness of any type can pull you towards itself.
33तो अनुभव स्वरूप बन जाना , कर्म करते भी कर्मयोगी के अनुभव स्वरूप में खो जाना , इसकी अभी और आवश्यकता है . tō anubhav svarūp ban jānā , karma kartē bhī karmayōgī kē|K anubhav svarūp mē̃ khō jānā , iskī abhī aur āvaśhyaktā hai . tō anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] karmyōgī[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] khōnā[root] jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.kī] ab[adv.hī] aur āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then experience form (x|become[root]) (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) , deed do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too karma yogi (of|K) experience form in lose[root] (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) , this[.kī] now and need be[pres.sg.23] .
32So, to become an embodiment of experience, to become lost in the experience of being a karma yogi while performing action is now a lot more essential.
34स्वरूप में बन जाना . svarūp mē̃ ban jānā . svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . form in (x|become[root]) (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) .
33Become an embodiment.
35हर बात में , हर सबजेक्ट में अनुभवी स्वरूप बनना , चाहे ज्ञान , योग , धारणा और सेवा , चार ही सबजेक्ट में अनुभव स्वरूप बनना . har|her bāt mē̃ , har|her subject mē̃ anubhavī svarūp bannā , chāhē gyān , yōg , dhārṇā aur sēvā , chār hī subject mē̃ anubhav svarūp bannā . har|harnā[root]|her bāt[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] , har|harnā[root]|her subject mē̃[postp.] anubhavī[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] , yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] , dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] , chār[adj.] hī[p.] subject mē̃[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . (x|x[root]) matter in , (x|x[root]) subject in experienced form become[inf.m.sg.d.] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) knowledge , yoga , dharna and service , four only subject in experience form become[inf.m.sg.d.] .
34In every situation, in every subject, become an embodiment of experience - whether it is knowledge, yoga, dharna or service, become an embodiment of experience in all four subjects.
36अनुभवी को माया भी हिला नहीं सकती इसलिए बापदादा आज सभी बच्चों को अनुभवी स्वरूप में देखने चाहते हैं . anubhavī kō māyā bhī hilā nahī̃ saktī isliē bāpdādā āj sabhī bachchō̃ kō anubhavī svarūp mē̃ dēkhnē chāhtē haĩ . anubhavī[adj.] kō[postp.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] hilānā[root]|hilnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.f.] isliē bāpdādā āj sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] anubhavī[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . experienced to Maya too (make fluctuate[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) not can[pres-part.f.] therefore BapDada today all child to experienced form in see[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
35Even Maya cannot shake someone who is experienced and this is why, today, BapDada wants to see all the children as embodiments of experience.
37सुनने और सोचने में फर्क है लेकिन अनुभवी स्वरूप बनना , जो सोचा , जिस स्वमान में स्थित रहने चाहे उसके अनुभव स्वरूप में स्थित हो जाए . sunnē aur sōchnē mē̃ phark hai lēkin anubhavī svarūp bannā , jō sōchā , jis svamān mē̃ sthit rahnē chāhē uskē anubhav svarūp mē̃ sthit hō jāē . sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] aur sōchnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin anubhavī[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] , jō[pn.;d.] sōchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , jō[pn.sg.o.] svamān[x] mē̃[postp.] sthit[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] uskā[pn.sg.kē] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sthit[adj.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] . listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] and think[inf.m.pl.,o.] in difference be[pres.sg.23] but experienced form become[inf.m.sg.d.] , that think[past-part.m.sg.d.] , that self-respect in stabilised remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) of that[.kē] experience form in stabilised be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] .
36There is a difference between hearing and thinking about it, and in being an embodiment of the experience: whatever you think, whatever self-respect you want to stabilise yourself in, become stable in being the embodiment of that experience.
38अनुभव को कोई भी हिला नहीं सकता क्योंकि स्वमान और देहभान , जहाँ स्वमान स्वरूप है , स्वमान के अनुभव में स्थित है वहाँ देह भान आ नहीं सकता . anubhav kō kōī bhī hilā nahī̃ saktā kyōṅki svamān aur dēhbhān , jahā̃ svamān svarūp hai , svamān kē|K anubhav mē̃ sthit hai vahā̃ dēh bhān ā nahī̃ saktā . anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] kōī bhī[x] hilānā[root]|hilnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] kyōṅki svamān[x] aur dēhbhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] , jahā̃ svamān[x] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , svamān[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sthit[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vahā̃ dēh[n.f.;sg.] bhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . experience to anyone (make fluctuate[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] because self-respect and body consciousness , where there self-respect form be[pres.sg.23] , self-respect (of|K) experience in stabilised be[pres.sg.23] there body awareness come[root] not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
37No one can shake that experience because it is self-respect (swa-maan). 38When you are an embodiment of self-respect and are stable in the experience of self-respect, there cannot be any body consciousness there.
39जैसे देखो अंधकार है लेकिन स्विच आप ऑन करो रोशनी का तो अंधकार ऑटोमेटिकली गायब हो जाता . jaisē dēkhō andhkār hai lēkin switch āp on karō rōśhnī kā tō andhkār automatically gāyab hō jātā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] andhkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin switch āp[pn.pl.] on karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] rōśhnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō andhkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] automatically gāyab[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . like see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] darkness be[pres.sg.23] but switch you on do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] light of then darkness x x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) go[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . 40अंधकार को मिटाने में , अंधकार को भगाने में मेहनत नहीं करनी पड़ती . andhkār kō miṭānē mē̃ , andhkār kō bhagānē mē̃ mēhnat nahī̃ karnī paṛtī . andhkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] miṭānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] , andhkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|karnā[inf.f.] paṛnā[pres-part.f.] . darkness to x[inf.m.pl.,o.] in , darkness to chase away[inf.m.pl.,o.] in effort not (x|do[inf.f.]) fall[pres-part.f.] .
39For instance, when there is darkness, if you switch on the light, the darkness automatically disappears; you don't have to make any effort to remove the darkness or to chase it away.
41ऐसे ही जब स्वमान के सीट पर अनुभव का स्विच ऑन होता तो किसी भी प्रकार का देहभान , भिन्न-भिन्न प्रकार के देह भान भी हैं और भिन्न-भिन्न प्रकार के बाप ने स्वमान भी दिये हैं . aisē hī jab svamān kē|K seat par anubhav kā switch on hōtā tō kisī bhī prakār kā dēhbhān , bhinn-bhinn prakār kē|K dēh bhān bhī haĩ aur bhinn-bhinn prakār kē|K bāp nē svamān bhī diyē haĩ . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] jab svamān[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K seat par[postp.]|par[adj.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] switch on[x] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] tō kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēhbhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] , bhinn[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dēh[n.f.;sg.] bhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur bhinn[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] svamān[x] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . such only when self-respect (of|K) seat (at|other) experience of switch on[x] be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] then (anything|some) too form of body consciousness , different form (of|K) body awareness too be[pres.pl.12hon3] and different form (of|K) father ∅ self-respect too give[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
40Similarly, when seated on the seat of self-respect, the switch of experience is on, so no type of body consciousness can exist there. 41There are different types of body consciousness and the Father has also given different types of self-respect.
42स्वमान को जानते हैं , पुरूषार्थ भी करते हैं लेकिन अनुभव का पुरूषार्थ करना और अनुभवी स्वरूप बनना उसमें अन्तर है इसलिए मेहनत करनी पड़ती है . svamān kō jāntē haĩ , purūṣhārth bhī kartē haĩ lēkin anubhav kā purūṣhārth karnā aur anubhavī svarūp bannā usmē̃ antar hai isliē mēhnat karnī paṛtī hai . svamān[x] kō[postp.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , puruṣhārth bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puruṣhārth karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur anubhavī[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] isliē mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] . self-respect to know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , effort too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but experience of effort do[inf.m.sg.d.] and experienced form become[inf.m.sg.d.] that[.mē̃] difference be[pres.sg.23] therefore effort do[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] .
42You know about self-respect, you make effort for it, but there is a difference between trying to make effort for that experience and in being an embodiment of that experience. 43That is why you have to labour.
43तो बापदादा को अब समय प्रमाण बाप समान बनने का लक्ष्य सम्पन्न करने समय यह मेहनत करना अच्छा नहीं लगता , हर एक अपने को चेक करो कि मैं कर्मयोगी जीवन वाला हूँ ? tō bāpdādā kō ab samay pramāṇ bāp samān bannē kā lakṣhya sampann karnē samay yah mēhnat karnā achchhā nahī̃ lagtā , har ēk apnē kō check karō ki maĩ karmayōgī jīvan vālā hū̃ ? tō bāpdādā kō[postp.] ab[adv.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp samān[x] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] sampann[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , har ēk[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] karmyōgī[adj.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] ? then BapDada to now time (under) equal to the Father become[inf.m.pl.,o.] of aim full do[inf.m.pl.,o.] time this effort do[inf.m.sg.d.] achcha not x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , each one one’s own to check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that I karma yogi life those who be[pres.sg.1] ?
44So, now, according to the time, and at the time of your accomplishing the aim of becoming equal to the Father, BapDada doesn't like seeing you labour. 45Each one of you should check yourself: Do I have a karma yogi life?
44जीवन नेचरल और सदाकाल की होती है , कभी-कभी की नहीं . jīvan natural aur sadākāl kī|key hōtī hai , kabhī-kabhī kī|key nahī̃ . jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] natural aur sadākāl karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] , kabhī[adv.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key nahī̃[neg] . life natural and x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) be[pres.sg.f.23] , ever (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) not .
46A life is natural and for all time; it is not just sometimes.
45ऐसा अनुभवी स्वरूप बनाओ जो लक्ष्य है योगी जीवन का , जो लक्ष्य है अनुभवी मूर्त बनने का वह लक्ष्य सम्पन्न है ? aisā anubhavī svarūp banāō jō lakṣhya hai yōgī jīvan kā , jō lakṣhya hai anubhavī mūrt bannē kā vah lakṣhya sampann hai ? aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhavī[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] lakṣhya[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yōgī[x] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , jō[pn.;d.] lakṣhya[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] anubhavī[adj.] mūrti, mūrt[n.f.;sg.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] sampann[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? such experienced form create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that aim be[pres.sg.23] yogi life of , that aim be[pres.sg.23] experienced image become[inf.m.pl.,o.] of that aim full be[pres.sg.23] ?
47Become an embodiment of experience. 48Have you accomplished the aim that you have of a yogi life and of being an image of experience?
46सदा मस्तक से चमकती हुई लाइट खुद को भी अनुभव हो , खुद भी उस स्वरूप में स्थित हो , स्मृति स्वरूप हो , स्मृति करने वाला नहीं स्मृति स्वरूप हो और स्मृति स्वरूप है या नहीं , उनका प्रमाण यह है कि जहाँ स्मृति के अनुभवी स्वरूप हैं वहाँ अपने में समर्थी हर कार्य करते हुए भी अनुभव होगी . sadā mastak sē chamaktī huī light khud kō bhī anubhav hō , khud bhī us svarūp mē̃ sthit hō , smr̥iti svarūp hō , smr̥iti karnē vālā nahī̃ smr̥iti svarūp hō aur smr̥iti svarūp hai yā nahī̃ , unkā pramāṇ yah hai ki jahā̃ smr̥iti kē|K anubhavī svarūp haĩ vahā̃ apnē mē̃ samarthī har|her kārya kartē huē bhī anubhav hōgī . sadā mastak[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] chamaknā[pres-part.f.] hōnā[past-part.f.] light khud kō[postp.] bhī[p.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , khud bhī[p.] vah[pn.sg.o.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sthit[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , smr̥iti svarūp[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] smr̥iti svarūp[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur smr̥iti svarūp[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā nahī̃[neg] , vah[pn.pl.kā] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] jahā̃ smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K anubhavī[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vahā̃ apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] samarthī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] har|harnā[root]|her kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . constantly forehead from x[pres-part.f.] be[past-part.f.] light oneself to too experience (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , oneself too that form in stabilised (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , awareness do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who not x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) and x be[pres.sg.23] or not , that[.kā] (under) this be[pres.sg.23] that where there awareness (of|K) experienced form be[pres.pl.12hon3] there one’s own in power (x|x[root]) task do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] too experience be[fut.f.sg.23] .
49You yourself should constantly experience the sparkling light on the forehead. 50You yourself should be stable in that experience; you should be an embodiment of remembrance, not one who has to have remembrance, but one who is an embodiment of remembrance. 51The proof of whether you are an embodiment of remembrance or not is that when you are an embodiment of the experience of that remembrance, you will experience yourself to have that power while carrying out any task.
47कार्य भिन्न-भिन्न होंगे लेकिन अनुभव स्वरूप की स्थिति भिन्न-भिन्न नहीं हो . kārya bhinn-bhinn hōṅgē lēkin anubhav svarūp kī|key sthiti bhinn-bhinn nahī̃ hō . kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhinn[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] lēkin anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sthiti[n.f.;sg.] bhinn[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . task different be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] but experience form (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) stage different not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
52The tasks may vary, but your stage of being an embodiment of experience should not vary.
48तो आज बापदादा ने देखा कि मेहनत क्यों करनी पड़ती ? tō āj bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki mēhnat kyō̃ karnī paṛtī ? tō āj bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] kyō̃ karnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|karnā[inf.f.] paṛnā[pres-part.f.] ? then today BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that effort why (x|do[inf.f.]) fall[pres-part.f.] ?
53So, today, BapDada saw why you have to labour.
49अनुभव स्वरूप बनने का नम्बरवार पुरूषार्थ अनुसार देखा . anubhav svarūp bannē kā number-vār purūṣhārth anusār dēkhā . anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] number-wār puruṣhārth anusār dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . experience form become[inf.m.pl.,o.] of numberwise effort according to see[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
54Baba saw that you are numberwise according to your effort in becoming an embodiment of experience.
50तो बापदादा का हर एक बच्चे से जिगरी प्यार है तो प्यार वाले की मेहनत देखी नहीं जाती . tō bāpdādā kā har ēk bachchē sē jigrī pyār hai tō pyār vālē kī|key mēhnat dēkhī nahī̃ jātī . tō bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] jigrī[adj.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] dēkhnā[past-part.f.] nahī̃[neg] jānā[pres-part.f.] . then BapDada of each one child from from deep within love be[pres.sg.23] then love those who (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) effort see[past-part.f.] not go[pres-part.f.] .
55BapDada has deep love in His heart for every child, and He therefore cannot bear to see one He loves having to labour.
51चाहे किसी भी सबजेक्ट में मेहनत करनी पडती है , कभी-कभी शब्द यूज करना पड़ता है , इसका कारण है अनुभवी स्वरूप बनने की कमी . chāhē kisī bhī subject mē̃ mēhnat karnī paḍtī hai , kabhī-kabhī śhabda use karnā paṛtā hai , iskā kāraṇ hai anubhavī svarūp bannē kī|key kamī . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] subject mē̃[postp.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] , kabhī[adv.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] use karnā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] , yah[pn.sg.kā] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] anubhavī[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) (anything|some) too subject in effort do[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] , ever word use do[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] , this[.kā] because be[pres.sg.23] experienced form become[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x .
56No matter in what subject you may have to labour or use the word "sometimes" in, the reason for this is that you lack being an embodiment of experience.
52पुरूषार्थी है लेकिन स्वरूप नहीं बने हैं . purūṣhārthī hai lēkin svarūp nahī̃ banē haĩ . purūṣhārthī[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . effort-maker be[pres.sg.23] but form not become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
57You are an effort-maker but you have not become an embodiment.
53एक सेकण्ड में चार ही सबजेक्ट में अपने स्वमान के अनुभवी स्वरूप की अनुभूति होनी चाहिए . ēk second mē̃ chār hī subject mē̃ apnē svamān kē|K anubhavī svarūp kī|key anubhūti hōnī chāhiē . ēk[adj.] second mē̃[postp.] chār[adj.] hī[p.] subject mē̃[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] svamān[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K anubhavī[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key anubhūti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[.oblig3] . one second in four only subject in one’s own self-respect (of|K) experienced form (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) experience be[.oblig3] . 54जो देह अभिमान नजदीक आ नहीं सके . jō dēh abhimān najdīk ā nahī̃ sakē . jō[pn.;d.] dēh[n.f.;sg.] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] nazdīk ānā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|saknā[opt.sg.23] . that body arrogance x come[root] not (can[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|can[opt.sg.23]) . 55जैसे रोशनी के आगे अंधकार ठहर नहीं सकता . jaisē rōśhnī kē āgē andhkār ṭhahar nahī̃ saktā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rōśhnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kē āgē[x] andhkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] ṭhaharnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . like light in front of darkness stay[root] not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . 56निकालना नहीं पड़ता , नेचरल जहाँ अंधकार है वहाँ रोशनी कम है या नहीं है . nikālnā nahī̃ paṛtā , natural jahā̃ andhkār hai vahā̃ rōśhnī cum|kam hai yā nahī̃ hai . nikālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] paṛnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , natural jahā̃ andhkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vahā̃ rōśhnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x[inf.m.sg.d.] not fall[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , natural where there darkness be[pres.sg.23] there light (x|less) be[pres.sg.23] or not be[pres.sg.23] .
58You should experience being an embodiment of experience of self-respect in all four subjects in a second, so that body consciousness cannot come close to you; just as darkness cannot remain in the face of light, you don't have to chase it away. 59It is natural that where there is darkness, there is little or no light.
57तो सबसे बड़े में बड़ी अथॉरिटी अनुभव गाया हुआ है . tō sabsē baṛē mē̃ baṛī authority anubhav gāyā huā hai . tō sabsē baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] authority anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . then the most very in very authority experience sing[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
60So, the greatest authority that is remembered is that of experience.
58अनुभव को हजारों लोग बदलने चाहे , बदल नहीं सकते . anubhav kō hajārō̃ lōg badalnē chāhē , badal nahī̃ saktē . anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] hazār[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] badalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] , badal[n.m.;sg.,d.]|badalnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . experience to 1000 people change[inf.m.pl.,o.] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) , (x|change[root]) not can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
61Even if thousands of people try to change an experience, they cannot do that.
59जैसे आप सबने चीनी का अनुभव करके देखा है कि वह मीठी होती है , अगर हजारों लोग आपको बदलने चाहे , बदल सकते हो ? jaisē āp sabnē chīnī kā anubhav karkē dēkhā hai ki vah mīṭhī hōtī hai , agar hajārō̃ lōg āpkō badalnē chāhē , badal saktē hō ? jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] sabnē chīnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] vah[pn.sg.d.] mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] , agar hazār[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] badalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] , badalnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ? like you x Chinese of experience do[abs.] see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that that sweet be[pres.sg.f.23] , if 1000 people you[.kō] change[inf.m.pl.,o.] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) , change[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ?
62All of you must have experienced sugar and know that it is sweet. 63Even if thousands of people tried to change your opinion, would they be able to do that?
60तो जो भी सबजेक्ट हैं , चाहे ज्ञान की , चाहे योगी की , चाहे धारणा की , चाहे सेवा की , किसी में भी चार में से एक में भी मेहनत लगती है , मिटाने की , सेवा में भी सफलता , धारणा में भी स्वभाव परिवर्तन की , योग में भी अचल रहने की , योगी जीवन की अनुभूति करने की , जहाँ मेहनत है या कभी-कभी कहते हो , इसका अर्थ है उस सबजेक्ट में आप अनुभवीमूर्त नहीं बने हो . tō jō bhī subject haĩ , chāhē gyān kī|key , chāhē yōgī kī|key , chāhē dhārṇā kī|key , chāhē sēvā kī|key , kisī mē̃ bhī chār mē̃ sē ēk mē̃ bhī mēhnat lagtī hai , miṭānē kī|key , sēvā mē̃ bhī saphaltā , dhārṇā mē̃ bhī svabhāv parivartan kī|key , yōg mē̃ bhī achal rahnē kī|key , yōgī jīvan kī|key anubhūti karnē kī|key , jahā̃ mēhnat hai yā kabhī-kabhī kahtē hō , iskā arth|earth hai us subject mē̃ āp anubhavīmūrt nahī̃ banē hō . tō jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] subject hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] yōgī[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] chār[adj.] mē̃[postp.] sē[postp.] ēk[adj.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] , miṭānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] , dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] achal rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , yōgī[x] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key anubhūti[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , jahā̃ mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā kabhī[adv.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] , yah[pn.sg.kā] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.o.] subject mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] anubhavī-mūrt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . then that too subject be[pres.pl.12hon3] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) knowledge (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) yogi (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) dharna (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , (anything|some) in too four in from one in too effort x[pres.sg.f.23] , x[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , service in too success , dharna in too nature transformation (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , yoga in too unshakeable remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , yogi life (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) experience do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , where there effort be[pres.sg.23] or ever say[pres.pl.m.2] , this[.kā] (meaning|earth) be[pres.sg.23] that subject in you x not become[pres-perf.pl.m.2] .
64In any subject, whether knowledge, yoga, dharna or service, if out of any of the four, if you have to labour in any of them to finish something, to achieve success in service, to transform your nature in the subject of dharna, to remain unshakeable in yoga, to experience a yogi life, if you have to labour or use the word "sometimes", it means that you have not become an image of experience in that subject.
61अनुभव कभी-कभी नहीं होता , नेचरल नेचर होती है . anubhav kabhī-kabhī nahī̃ hōtā , natural nature hōtī hai . anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] kabhī[adv.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , natural nature[x] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . experience ever not be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , natural nature be[pres.sg.f.23] .
65An experience is not "sometimes", it is a natural nature.
62तो अभी सुना मेहनत करने का कारण क्या ? tō abhī sunā mēhnat karnē kā kāraṇ kyā ? tō ab[adv.hī] sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā ? then now (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) effort do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of because what ?
66So, did you hear what the reason is for having to labour?
63जिस भी समय आपको अनुभव होगा कि जब अनुभव की सीट पर सेट होते हो , किसी भी वरदान के स्वरूप में अनुभवी बन अनुभव करते हो तो उस समय मेहनत करनी होती है ? jis bhī samay āpkō anubhav hōgā ki jab anubhav kī|key seat par set hōtē hō , kisī bhī vardān kē|K svarūp mē̃ anubhavī ban anubhav kartē hō tō us samay mēhnat karnī hōtī hai ? jō[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] ki[conj.] jab anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key seat par[postp.]|par[adj.] set hōnā[pres.pl.m.2] , kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] anubhavī[adj.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23.oblig1] ? that too time you[.kō] experience be[fut.m.sg.23] that when experience (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) seat (at|other) set be[pres.pl.m.2] , (anything|some) too blessing (of|K) form in experienced (x|become[root]) experience do[pres.pl.m.2] then that time effort do[pres.sg.f.23.oblig1] ?
67When you experience being seated on the seat of experience, when you experience being an embodiment of a blessing, do you have to labour at that time?
64नेचरल अनुभूति होती है . natural anubhūti hōtī hai . natural anubhūti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . natural experience be[pres.sg.f.23] .
68It is a natural experience.
65इसलिए अभी समय प्रमाण सब अचानक होना है . isliē abhī samay pramāṇ sab achānak hōnā hai . isliē ab[adv.hī] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adj.] achānak hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . therefore now time (under) all suddenly be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
69This is why, according to the time now, everything is going to happen suddenly.
66बताके नहीं होना है . batākē nahī̃ hōnā hai . batānā[abs.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . tell[abs.] not be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
70It is not going to tell you in advance before it happens.
67जैसे अभी प्रकृति का अचानक बातों का खेल चल रहा है , आरम्भ हुआ है अभी . jaisē abhī prakr̥iti kā achānak bātō̃ kā khēl chal rahā hai , ārambh huā hai abhī . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.hī] prakr̥iti[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achānak bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khēlnā[root.root+calnā] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , ārambh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ab[adv.hī] . like now matter of suddenly matter of play[root.root+calnā] remain[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , x be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] now .
71There are games of the elements of nature taking place suddenly. 72It has begun now.
68नई-नई बातें अचानक अर्थक्वेक हुआ , थोड़े समय में लाखों आत्मायें चली गई , क्या उन्हों को पता था कि कल हम होंगे या नहीं ? naī-naī bātē̃ achānak earthquake huā , thōṛē samay mē̃ lākhō̃ ātmāyē̃ chalī gaī , kyā unhō̃ kō patā thā ki kal ham hōṅgē yā nahī̃ ? nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] achānak earth quake[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lākh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] chalnā[past-part.f..past-part+jānā]|chalnā[past-part.f..passive] , kyā vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[past.m.sg] ki[conj.] kal ham[pn.pl.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] yā nahī̃[neg] ? new matter suddenly earthquake be[past-part.m.sg.d.] , short time in 100,000 soul (continue[past-part.f..past-part+jānā]|continue[past-part.f..passive]) , what that to knowledge be[past.m.sg] that x we be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] or not ?
73New things happen - suddenly there was an earthquake, and in a short time hundreds of thousands of souls died. 74Did they know whether they would be alive or not the next day?
69ऐसे कई एक्सीडेंट , भिन्न-भिन्न स्थान पर अचानक होना आरम्भ हो गया है . aisē kaī accident , bhinn-bhinn sthān par achānak hōnā ārambh hō gayā hai . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kaī accident , bhinn[adj.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] achānak hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ārambh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . such some accident , different place (at|other) suddenly be[inf.m.sg.d.] x be[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
75Many such accidents have begun to take place suddenly in different places.
70इकट्ठे के इकट्ठे एक समय अनेकों की टिकेट कट रही है तो ऐसे समय में आप एवररेडी हैं ? ikaṭṭhē kē|K ikaṭṭhē ēk samay anēkō̃ kī|key ticket kaṭ rahī hai tō aisē samay mē̃ āp ever ready haĩ ? ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ēk[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] anēk[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ticket kaṭnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] tō aisē samay mē̃[x] āp[pn.pl.] ever ready hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? together (of|K) together one time many (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x be cut away[pres.sg.f.prog.23] then x you ever-ready be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
76Collectively, at the same time, a ticket is being clipped for many; so, at such a time, are you ever-ready?
71यह तो नहीं कहेंगे कि पुरूषार्थ कर रहा हूँ ? yah tō nahī̃ kahē̃gē ki purūṣhārth kar rahā hū̃ ? yah[pn.sg.d.] tō nahī̃[neg] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] puruṣhārth karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.1] ? this then not say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that effort do[pres.sg.m.prog.1] ?
77You will not say that you are still making effort, will you?
72एवररेडी अर्थात् कोई भी वरदान या स्वमान का संकल्प किया और स्वरूप बना इसलिए बापदादा आज इस बात पर अटेन्शन दिला रहे हैं कि किसी भी वरदान को फलीभूत कर वरदान या स्वमान के स्वरूप के अनुभवी बन सकते हो ? ever ready arthāt kōī bhī vardān yā svamān kā saṅkalp kiyā aur svarūp banā isliē bāpdādā āj is bāt par attention dilā rahē haĩ ki kisī bhī vardān kō phalībhūt kar vardān yā svamān kē|K svarūp kē|K anubhavī ban saktē hō ? ever ready arthāt kōī bhī[x] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] yā svamān[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|banānā[root] isliē bāpdādā āj yah[pn.sg.o.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] attention dilānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] phalībhūt[adj.] karnā[root] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] yā svamān[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K anubhavī[adj.] bannā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ? ever-ready that is anyone blessing or self-respect of thought do[past-part.m.sg.d.] and form (become[past-part.m.sg.d.]|create[root]) therefore BapDada today this matter (at|other) attention x[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that (anything|some) too blessing to fruitful do[root] blessing or self-respect (of|K) form (of|K) experienced become[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ?
78Ever-ready means that whatever thought you have of a blessing or self-respect, you become an embodiment of that, and this is why BapDada is drawing your attention to this: Are you able to make any blessing fruitful and become experienced in the form of that blessing or self-respect?
73बनना ही पड़ेगा . bannā hī paṛēgā . bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] paṛnā[fut.m.sg.23] . become[inf.m.sg.d.] only fall[fut.m.sg.23] .
79You will definitely have to become that.
74कोशिश कर रहा हूँ , अगर कोशिश भी करनी है तो अभी से क्योंकि बहुत समय का अभ्यास समय पर मदद देगा . kōśhiśh kar rahā hū̃ , agar kōśhiśh bhī karnī hai tō abhī sē kyōṅki bahut samay kā abhyās samay par madad dēgā . kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.1] , agar kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] tō ab[adv.hī] sē[postp.] kyōṅki bahut samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] madad[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[fut.m.sg.23] . try do[pres.sg.m.prog.1] , if try too do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] then now from because very time of practice time (at|other) x give[fut.m.sg.23] .
80You may say: "I am trying." 81If you are going to try, do that from now because practice over a long period of time will help at that time.
75पुरूषार्थी नहीं , अनुभवी क्योंकि अनुभव की अथॉरिटी आप सबको आलमाइटी अथॉरिटी ने दी है . purūṣhārthī nahī̃ , anubhavī kyōṅki anubhav kī|key authority āp sabkō almighty authority nē dī hai . purūṣhārthī[x] nahī̃[neg] , anubhavī[adj.] kyōṅki anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key authority āp[pn.pl.] sabkō almighty authority[x] nē[postp.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . effort-maker not , experienced because experience (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) authority you everything Almighty Authority ∅ give[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
82Do not be an effort-maker, but be experienced because the Almighty Authority has given all of you the authority of experience.
76जैसे देह भान के अनुभवी है , तो देहभान को याद करना पड़ता है क्या कि मैं फलाना हूँ ! jaisē dēh bhān kē|K anubhavī hai , tō dēhbhān kō yād karnā paṛtā hai kyā ki maĩ phalānā hū̃ ! jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēh[n.f.;sg.] bhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K anubhavī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō dēhbhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] yād karnā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] kyā ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] phalānā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] ! like body awareness (of|K) experienced be[pres.sg.23] , then body consciousness to remember what that I x be[pres.sg.1] !
83Just as you are experienced in body consciousness, do you have to remember your body consciousness thinking that "I am so-and-so"?
77मानों आपका नाम देह पर पड़ा , तो देहभान हो गया ना , मैं फलाना हूँ , अगर हजारों लोग भी आपको कहे कि आप फलाना नहीं हो , आप यह हो , नाम बदली करके कहे तो आप मानेंगे ? mānō̃ āpkā nām dēh par paṛā , tō dēhbhān hō gayā nā , maĩ phalānā hū̃ , agar hajārō̃ lōg bhī āpkō kahē ki āp phalānā nahī̃ hō , āp yah hō , nām badlī|badalī karkē kahē tō āp mānē̃gē ? mānō̃ āp[pn.pl.kā] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēh[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] paṛnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , tō dēhbhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] nā , maĩ[pn.sg.d.] phalānā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , agar hazār[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kō] kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] āp[pn.pl.] phalānā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , āp[pn.pl.] yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] badlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|badalnā[past-part.f.] karnā[abs.] kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] tō āp[pn.pl.] mānnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? just consider you[.kā] name body (at|other) fall[past-part.m.sg.d.] , then body consciousness be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ∅ , I x be[pres.sg.1] , if 1000 people too you[.kō] (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23]) that you x not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , you this (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , name (change|change[past-part.f.]) do[abs.] (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23]) then you x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
84You have been given a name for the body, and so that is body consciousness, is it not? 85"I am so-and-so." 86If even thousands of people tell you that you are not that and that you are this, and they use a different name for you, would you believe them?
78भूलेंगे अपना नाम ! bhūlē̃gē apnā nām ! bhūlnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] ! forget[fut.m.pl.12hon3] (adopt[root]|one’s own) name !
87Would you forget your name?
79जन्म लेते जो नाम पड़ा वह देहभान कितना पक्का और नेचरल रहता है . janm lētē jō nām paṛā vah dēhbhān kitnā pakkā aur natural rahtā hai . janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] lēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] jō[pn.;d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] dēhbhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aur natural rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] . (life|be born[root]) take[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] that name fall[past-part.m.sg.d.] that body consciousness so firm and natural remain[pres.sg.m.23] .
88The awareness of the body with the name that has been given to you at birth has become so firm and natural.
80कोई और को भी आपके नाम से बुलायेंगे , आपको नहीं बुलाना है , लेकिन आपके नामधारी को बुला रहे हैं , आपका कान नाम सुनते अटेन्शन जायेगा मुझे बुला रहा है . kōī aur kō bhī āpkē nām sē bulāyēṅgē , āpkō nahī̃ bulānā hai , lēkin āpkē nāmdhārī kō bulā rahē haĩ , āpkā kān nām suntē attention jāyēgā mujhē bulā rahā hai . kōī[pn.;d.] aur kō[postp.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kē] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bulānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , āp[pn.pl.kō] nahī̃[neg] bulānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , lēkin āp[pn.pl.kē] nāmdhārī[adj.] kō[postp.] bulānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , āp[pn.pl.kā] kān[n.m.;sg.,d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] attention jānā[fut.m.sg.23] maĩ[pn.sg.kō] bulānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . some and to too you[.kē] name from call[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , you[.kō] not call[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , but you[.kē] x to call[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , you[.kā] ear name listen[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] attention go[fut.m.sg.23] I[.kō] call[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
89If someone is calling someone else with the same name as yours, they are not calling you but calling someone with the same name as yours, as soon as you hear your name, your attention would go there and you would think that that person is calling you.
81तो देहभान इतना पक्का हो गया है . tō dēhbhān itnā pakkā hō gayā hai . tō dēhbhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . then body consciousness such firm be[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
90This body consciousness has become so firm.
82ऐसे देही अभिमानी , स्वमानधारी , स्वराज्य अधिकारी इतना पक्का हो . aisē dēhī abhimānī , svamāndhārī , svarājya adhikārī itnā pakkā hō . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] abhimānī[adj.] , svamāndhārī[adj.] , svarājya adhikārī[x] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . such soul conscious , those with self-respect , self-sovereign such firm (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
91Similarly, be just as firm in being soul conscious, in maintaining your self-respect and in being a master of the self.
83आप कहते हो ना , हमारा जीवन परिवर्तन है तो परिवर्तन क्या किया ? āp kahtē hō nā , hamārā jīvan parivartan hai tō parivartan kyā kiyā ? āp[pn.pl.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā , ham[pn.pl.kā] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? you say[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ , we[.kā] life transformation be[pres.sg.23] then transformation what do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
92You say that your life has changed, so what have you changed?
84देह भान से स्वमान , स्वराज्य अधिकारी बनें . dēh bhān sē svamān , svarājya adhikārī banē̃ . dēh[n.f.;sg.] bhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] svamān[x] , svarājya adhikārī[x] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] . body awareness from self-respect , self-sovereign become[opt.pl.12hon3] .
93From body consciousness, you have changed to self-respect and then you have become a master of the self.
85तो चेक करो ज्ञान स्वरूप बना हूँ ? tō check karō gyān svarūp banā hū̃ ? tō check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres-perf.sg.m.1] ? then check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] knowledge form become[pres-perf.sg.m.1] ?
94So check: Have I become an embodiment of knowledge?
86या ज्ञान सुनने और सुनाने वाला बना हूँ ? yā gyān sunnē aur sunānē vālā banā hū̃ ? yā gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] aur sunānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bannā[pres-perf.sg.m.1] ? or knowledge listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] and speak[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who become[pres-perf.sg.m.1] ?
95Or have I become one who listens to knowledge and relates it to others?
87ज्ञान अर्थात् नॉलेज , नॉलेज का प्रैक्टिकल रूप है , नॉलेज को कहते हैं , नॉलेज इज लाइट , नॉलेज इज माइट , तो ज्ञान स्वरूप बनना अर्थात् जो भी कर्म करेंगे वह लाइट और माइट वाला होगा . gyān arthāt knowledge , knowledge kā practical rūp hai , knowledge kō kahtē haĩ , knowledge is light , knowledge is might , tō gyān svarūp bannā arthāt jō bhī karma karē̃gē vah light aur might vālā hōgā . gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt knowledge , knowledge kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] practical rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , knowledge kō[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , knowledge be light , knowledge be might , tō gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] light aur might vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . knowledge that is knowledge , knowledge of practical Rup be[pres.sg.23] , knowledge to say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , knowledge be light , knowledge be might , then knowledge form become[inf.m.sg.d.] that is that too deed do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that light and might those who be[fut.m.sg.23] .
96Gyan means knowledge. 97The practical form of knowledge is said to be: Knowledge is light, knowledge is might. 98To be an embodiment of knowledge means that whatever actions you perform will be filled with light and might.
88यथार्थ होगा . yathārth hōgā . yathārth[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . x be[fut.m.sg.23] .
99They will be accurate.
89इसको कहा जाता है ज्ञान स्वरूप बनना . iskō kahā jātā hai gyān svarūp bannā . yah[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . this[.kō] (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) knowledge form become[inf.m.sg.d.] .
100This is known as being an embodiment of knowledge.
90ज्ञान सुनाने वाला नहीं , ज्ञान स्वरूप बनना . gyān sunānē vālā nahī̃ , gyān svarūp bannā . gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . knowledge speak[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who not , knowledge form become[inf.m.sg.d.] .
101Do not become one who just speaks knowledge, but be an embodiment of knowledge.
91योग स्वरूप का अर्थ है कर्मेन्द्रियों जीत बनना . yōg svarūp kā arth|earth hai karmēndriyō̃ jīt bannā . yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hōnā[pres.sg.23] karmēndriy[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] jītnā[root]|jīt[n.f.;sg.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . yoga form of (meaning|earth) be[pres.sg.23] physical organ (x[root]|x) become[inf.m.sg.d.] .
102To be an embodiment of yoga means to be a conqueror of the physical organs.
92हर कर्मेन्द्रिय पर स्वराज्यधारी . har|her karmēndriy par svarājyadhārī . har|harnā[root]|her karmēndriy[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] svarājyadhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] . (x|x[root]) physical organ (at|other) ruler of yourself .
103Be a master of the self over all the physical organs.
93इसको कहा जाता है योग अर्थात् युक्तियुक्त जीवन . iskō kahā jātā hai yōg arthāt yuktiyukt jīvan . yah[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt yuktiyukt[adj.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] . this[.kō] (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) yoga that is tactful life .
104This is known as yoga, that is, a life that is yukti yukt.
94ऐसे अगर ज्ञान योग का स्वरूप है तो हर गुण की धारणा ऑटोमेटिकली होगी . aisē agar gyān yōg kā svarūp hai tō har|her guṇ kī|key dhārṇā automatically hōgī . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] agar gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō har|harnā[root]|her guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] automatically hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . such if knowledge yoga of form be[pres.sg.23] then (x|x[root]) virtue (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) dharna x be[fut.f.sg.23] .
105If you are an embodiment of knowledge and yoga, then you will automatically be able to imbibe every virtue.
95जहाँ ज्ञान , योग है , योगयुक्त है वहाँ गुणों की धारणा ऑटोमेटिकली होगी . jahā̃ gyān , yōg hai , yōgyukt hai vahā̃ guṇō̃ kī|key dhārṇā automatically hōgī . jahā̃ gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] , yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yōgyukt[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vahā̃ guṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] automatically hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . where there knowledge , yoga be[pres.sg.23] , yogyukt be[pres.sg.23] there virtue (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) dharna x be[fut.f.sg.23] . 96सेवा हर समय ऑटोमेटिक होगी . sēvā har|her samay automatic hōgī . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] har|harnā[root]|her samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] automatic hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . service (x|x[root]) time x be[fut.f.sg.23] .
106Where there is knowledge and yoga and you are yogyukt, the imbibing of virtues takes place automatically; service will take place at every moment automatically.
97समय अनुसार चाहे मन्सा सेवा करे , चाहे वाचा करे , चाहे कर्मणा करे , चाहे स्नेह सम्बन्ध में करे , सेवा भी हर समय अखण्ड चलती रहेगी . samay anusār chāhē mansā sēvā karē , chāhē vāchā karē , chāhē karmaṇā karē , chāhē snēh sambandh mē̃ karē , sēvā bhī har|her samay akhaṇḍ chaltī rahēgī . samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] anusār chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.sg.23] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] vāchā karnā[opt.sg.23] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] karmaṇā karnā[opt.sg.23] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] karnā[opt.sg.23] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] har|harnā[root]|her samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] akhaṇḍ[adj.] chalnā[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . time according to (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) through the mind service do[opt.sg.23] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x do[opt.sg.23] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x do[opt.sg.23] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) love relationship in do[opt.sg.23] , service too (x|x[root]) time constant continue[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
107According to the time you may serve through your mind, through words, through actions, through love in your relationships: service will continue to take place continuously.
98सम्बन्ध सम्पर्क में भी सेवा होती है . sambandh samparka mē̃ bhī sēvā hōtī hai . sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . relationship x in too service be[pres.sg.f.23] .
108Service also takes place in relationships and connections.
99मानो कोई आपके भाई या बहन ब्राह्मण परिवार में थोड़ा-सा मायूस है , थोड़ा पुरूषार्थ में डल है , कोई संस्कार के वश है , ऐसे सम्पर्क वाली आत्मा को आपने उमंग-उत्साह दिलाया , सहयोग दिया , स्नेह दिया , यह भी सेवा का पुण्य आपका जमा होता है . mānō kōī āpkē bhāī yā bahan brāhmaṇ parivār mē̃ thōṛā-sā māyūs hai , thōṛā purūṣhārth mē̃ dull hai , kōī saṅskār kē|K vaśh hai , aisē samparka vālī ātmā kō āpnē umaṅg-utsāh dilāyā , sahyōg diyā , snēh diyā , yah bhī sēvā kā puṇya āpkā jamā hōtā hai . mānnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kōī[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] yā bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] thōṛā-sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] māyūs[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puruṣhārth mē̃[postp.] dull hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kōī[pn.;d.] saṅskār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vaśh[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] āp[pn.pl.nē] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dilānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] some you[.kē] (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) or x Brahmin family in a small amount of disheartened be[pres.sg.23] , short effort in dull be[pres.sg.23] , some sanskar (of|K) control be[pres.sg.23] , such x those who soul to you[.nē] zeal and enthusiasm x[past-part.m.sg.d.] , cooperation give[past-part.m.sg.d.] , love give[past-part.m.sg.d.] , this too service of charity you[.kā] (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) be[pres.sg.m.23] .
109For instance, in the Brahmin family, if your brother or sister is a little sad, a little dull in his or her effort and is under the influence of a sanskar, if you give zeal and enthusiasm, co-operation or love to that contact soul - that is the charity of service you will accumulate in your account.
100गिरे हुए को उठाना यह पुण्य गाया जाता है . girē huē kō uṭhānā yah puṇya gāyā jātā hai . girnā[opt.sg.23]|girnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] kō[postp.] uṭhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|gānā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] . (fall down[opt.sg.23]|fall down[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] to uplift[inf.m.sg.d.] this charity (sing[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|sing[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) .
110It is an act of charity to uplift someone who has fallen.
101तो सम्बन्ध और सम्पर्क में भी सेवा करना यह सच्चे सेवाधारी का कर्तव्य है . tō sambandh aur samparka mē̃ bhī sēvā karnā yah sachchē sēvādhārī kā kartavya hai . tō sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] sachchā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kartavya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then relationship and x in too service do[inf.m.sg.d.] this true server of activity be[pres.sg.23] .
111To do service of your relations and contacts is the duty of a true server.
102सेवा मिले या सेवा दी जाए तो सेवा है , वह नहीं . sēvā milē yā sēvā dī jāē tō sēvā hai , vah nahī̃ . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] yā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[opt.sg.23.past-part+jānā]|dēnā[opt.sg.23.passive] tō sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . service (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]) or service (give[opt.sg.23.past-part+jānā]|give[opt.sg.23.passive]) then service be[pres.sg.23] , that not .
112It should not be that service is only service that you receive or is given to you.
103स्वयं मन्सा , वाचा , कर्मणा , सम्पर्क सम्बन्ध में सेवा ऑटोमेटिकली होती रहे . svayã mansā , vāchā , karmaṇā , samparka sambandh mē̃ sēvā automatically hōtī rahē . svayã mansā , vāchā , karmaṇā , sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] automatically hōnā[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . x through the mind , x , x , x relationship in service x be[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
113Let service itself continue to take place automatically through your thoughts, words, deeds, relationships and connections.
104कई बार बापदादा ने देखा कि सम्पर्क में कोई-कोई बच्चा देखता भी है कि इनका स्वभाव संस्कार थोड़ा जो होना चाहिए वह नहीं है , लेकिन यह तो है ही ऐसा , यह बदलना नहीं है , इसकी सेवा करना टाइम वेस्ट है , ऐसा संकल्प करना क्या यथार्थ है ? kaī bār bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki samparka mē̃ kōī-kōī bachchā dēkhtā bhī hai ki inkā svabhāv saṅskār thōṛā jō hōnā chāhiē vah nahī̃ hai , lēkin yah tō hai hī aisā , yah badalnā nahī̃ hai , iskī sēvā karnā time west|waste hai , aisā saṅkalp karnā kyā yathārth hai ? kaī bār[n.f.;sg.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēkhnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] yah[pn.pl.kā] svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅskār[x] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|hōnā[.oblig3] vah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , lēkin yah[pn.sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] badalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.kī] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] time west|waste hōnā[pres.sg.23] , aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] kyā yathārth[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? some time BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that x in some child see[pres-part.m.sg.d.] too be[pres.sg.23] that this[.kā] nature sanskar short that (be[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|be[.oblig3]) that not be[pres.sg.23] , but this then be[pres.sg.23] only such , this change[inf.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] , this[.kī] service do[inf.m.sg.d.] time (west|waste) be[pres.sg.23] , such thought do[inf.m.sg.d.] what x be[pres.sg.23] ?
114Many times BapDada has seen that in connection with others some children see that someone's nature or sanskar are not what they should be. 115However, to have thoughts such as, "This one is like that anyway; he is never going to change, and it is a waste of time to serve this one." 116Is it right to have such thoughts?
105जब आप मानते हो कि हम प्रकृति को भी सतोप्रधान बनाने वाले हैं , प्रकृति को और वह मनुष्यात्मा है , ब्राह्मण कहलाता है लेकिन संस्कार वश है , जब प्रकृति का संस्कार बदलने की चैलेन्ज की है तो वह तो प्रकृति से पुरूष है , आत्मा है . jab āp māntē hō ki ham prakr̥iti kō bhī satōpradhān banānē vālē haĩ , prakr̥iti kō aur vah manuṣhyātmā hai , brāhmaṇ kahlātā hai lēkin saṅskār vaśh hai , jab prakr̥iti kā saṅskār badalnē kī|key challenge kī hai tō vah tō prakr̥iti sē purūṣh hai , ātmā hai . jab āp[pn.pl.] mānnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] prakr̥iti[x] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] satōpradhān[adj.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , prakr̥iti[x] kō[postp.] aur vah[pn.sg.d.] manuṣhyātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahlānā[pres.sg.m.23] lēkin saṅskār[x] vaśh[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jab prakr̥iti[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅskār[x] badalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key challenge karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] tō vah[pn.sg.d.] tō prakr̥iti[x] sē[postp.] purūṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . when you x[pres.pl.m.2] that we matter to too satopradhan create[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] , matter to and that x be[pres.sg.23] , Brahmin call[pres.sg.m.23] but sanskar control be[pres.sg.23] , when matter of sanskar change[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) challenge do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] then that then matter from man be[pres.sg.23] , soul be[pres.sg.23] . 106आपके सम्बन्ध में है . āpkē sambandh mē̃ hai . āp[pn.pl.kē] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . you[.kē] relationship in be[pres.sg.23] .
117Since you believe that you are those who will make the elements satopradhan, that you will change the elements - but that one is a human soul, one who calls himself a Brahmin but is influenced by a sanskar - since you have issued a challenge to change the sanskars of the elements, that one is a being, a soul, someone who has a relationship with you.
107तो सच्चा सेवाधारी अपने सेवा का पुण्य कमाने का शुभ भावना अवश्य रखेगा . tō sachchā sēvādhārī apnē sēvā kā puṇya kamānē kā śhubh bhāvnā avaśhya rakhēgā . tō sachchā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kamānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhubh bhāvnā[x] avaśhya rakhnā[fut.m.sg.23] . then true server one’s own service of charity earn[inf.m.pl.,o.] of pure feeling x keep[fut.m.sg.23] .
118A true server would definitely have good wishes to earn the charity of serving him.
108यह तो है ही ऐसा , यह बदल ही नहीं सकता , यह शुभ भावना नहीं , यह सूक्ष्म घृणा भावना है , फिर भी अपना भाई बहन है , फिर भी मेरा बाबा तो कहता है ना ! yah tō hai hī aisā , yah badal hī nahī̃ saktā , yah śhubh bhāvnā nahī̃ , yah sūkṣhma ghr̥iṇā bhāvnā hai , phir bhī apnā bhāī bahan hai , phir bhī mērā bābā tō kahtā hai nā ! yah[pn.sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] badal[n.m.;sg.,d.]|badalnā[root] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] śhubh bhāvnā[x] nahī̃[neg] , yah[pn.sg.d.] sūkṣhma[adj.] ghr̥iṇā[n.f.;sg.] bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , phir bhī[x] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , phir bhī[x] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā tō kahnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ! this then be[pres.sg.23] only such , this (x|change[root]) only not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , this pure feeling not , this subtle hatred feeling be[pres.sg.23] , nevertheless (adopt[root]|one’s own) (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) x be[pres.sg.23] , nevertheless I[.kā] Baba then say[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ !
119"This one is like that anyway. 120He can never change." 121These are not good wishes; these are subtle feelings of dislike. 122Nevertheless, that one is your brother or sister and at least says, "My Baba".
109तो सच्चे सेवाधारी सेवा के बिना शुभ भावना देना इस सेवा में भी पुण्य कमायेंगे . tō sachchē sēvādhārī sēvā kē|K binā śhubh bhāvnā dēnā is sēvā mē̃ bhī puṇya kamāyēṅgē . tō sachchā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K binā śhubh bhāvnā[x] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.o.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kamānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then true server service (of|K) without pure feeling give[inf.m.sg.d.] this service in too charity earn[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
123A true server would earn charity in having good wishes for even those who have not served him.
110गिरे हुए को गिराना नहीं , उठाना . girē huē kō girānā nahī̃ , uṭhānā . girnā[opt.sg.23]|girnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] kō[postp.] girānā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , uṭhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . (fall down[opt.sg.23]|fall down[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] to x[inf.m.sg.d.] not , uplift[inf.m.sg.d.] .
124Do not push those who have fallen further down. 125Uplift them!
111सहयोग देना , इसको कहेंगे सच्चे सेवाधारी , पुण्य आत्मा . sahyōg dēnā , iskō kahē̃gē sachchē sēvādhārī , puṇya ātmā . sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] sachchā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] , puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] . cooperation give[inf.m.sg.d.] , this[.kō] say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] true server , charity soul .
126Give them your co-operation. 127This is known as being a true server, a charitable soul.
112तो ऐसे अपने को चेक करो इतना सेवा का उमंग-उत्साह है ? tō aisē apnē kō check karō itnā sēvā kā umaṅg-utsāh hai ? tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then such one’s own to check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] such service of zeal and enthusiasm be[pres.sg.23] ?
128So, check yourself: Do I have this much zeal and enthusiasm for service?
113इसको कहा जाता है अनुभव के अथॉरिटी वाला . iskō kahā jātā hai anubhav kē|K authority vālā . yah[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K authority vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . this[.kō] (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) experience (of|K) authority those who .
129This is known as being an authority of experience.
114तो अभी बापदादा यही चाहता है , अनुभवी मूर्त बनो , अनुभव की अथॉरिटी को कार्य में लगाओ . tō abhī bāpdādā yahī chāhtā hai , anubhavī mūrt banō , anubhav kī|key authority kō kārya mē̃ lagāō . tō ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā yahī[pn.;d.] chāhnā[pres.sg.m.23] , anubhavī[adj.] mūrti, mūrt[n.f.;sg.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key authority kō[postp.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then now BapDada this x[pres.sg.m.23] , experienced image become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , experience (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) authority to task in attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
130So, BapDada now wants you to become an image of experience and to use your authority of experience.
115तो चार ही सबजेक्ट में जो अपने को अनुभवी स्वरूप बन अनुभव के अथॉरिटी को कार्य में लगायेंगे , जो कमी हो उसको सम्पन्न करेंगे , इतना अटेन्शन देंगे अपने पर वह हाथ उठाओ . tō chār hī subject mē̃ jō apnē kō anubhavī svarūp ban anubhav kē|K authority kō kārya mē̃ lagāyēṅgē , jō kamī hō uskō sampann karē̃gē , itnā attention dēgē apnē par vah hāth uṭhāō . tō chār[adj.] hī[p.] subject mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] anubhavī[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K authority kō[postp.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , jō[pn.;d.] kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] vah[pn.sg.kō] sampann[adj.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] attention dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then four only subject in that one’s own to experienced form (x|become[root]) experience (of|K) authority to task in attach[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , that x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that[.kō] full do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , such attention give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] one’s own (at|other) that raise your hands .
131Those who will become embodiments of experience in all four subjects and will use the authority of experience, those who will remove any weakness, those who will pay this much attention to themselves, raise your hands!
116मन का हाथ उठा रहे हो ना ! man kā hāth uṭhā rahē hō nā ! man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] nā ! mind of raise your hands ∅ !
132You are raising the hand of your mind, are you not?
117शरीर का हाथ नहीं , मन का हाथ . śharīr kā hāth nahī̃ , man kā hāth . śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] , man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] . body of hand not , mind of hand .
133Not the physical hand, but the hand of the mind.
118उठाओ . uṭhāō . uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . uplift[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
134Raise it!
119मन का हाथ उठाना क्योंकि बापदादा शिवरात्रि पर रिजल्ट लेंगे . man kā hāth uṭhānā kyōṅki bāpdādā śhivrātri par result lē̃gē . man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[x] kyōṅki bāpdādā śhivrātri[x] par[postp.]|par[adj.] result lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . mind of raise your hands because BapDada Shiva Ratri (at|other) result take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
135Raise the hand of your mind because BapDada will ask for the results on Shiv Ratri.
120मन में कोई का भी कमी का संस्कार अपनी शुभ भावना को कम नहीं करे . man mē̃ kōī kā bhī kamī kā saṅskār apnī śhubh bhāvnā kō cum|kam nahī̃ karē . man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅskār[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] śhubh bhāvnā[x] kō[postp.] cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.sg.23] . mind in some of too x of sanskar one’s own pure feeling to (x|less) not do[opt.sg.23] .
136The sanskar of anyone's weakness should not reduce the good wishes in your mind.
121उसका संस्कार तो ढीला है लेकिन वह इतना तो पावरफुल है जो आपकी शुभ भावना को कम कर लेता है इसलिए जैसे ब्रह्मा बाप ने क्या नहीं देखा , क्या नहीं किया , जिम्मेवार होते फिर भी अन्त में शुभ भावना , शुभ कामना के तीन शब्द सभी को शिक्षा देके गये . uskā saṅskār tō ḍhīlā hai lēkin vah itnā tō powerful hai jō āpkī śhubh bhāvnā kō cum|kam kar lētā hai isliē jaisē brahmā bāp nē kyā nahī̃ dēkhā , kyā nahī̃ kiyā , jimmēvār hōtē phir bhī ant mē̃ śhubh bhāvnā , śhubh kāmnā kē|K tīn śhabda sabhī kō śhikṣhā dēkē gayē . vah[pn.sg.kā] saṅskār[x] tō ḍhīlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin vah[pn.sg.d.] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō powerful hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.kī] śhubh bhāvnā[x] kō[postp.] cum|kam[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] isliē jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] kyā nahī̃[neg] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , kyā nahī̃[neg] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , jimmēvār[adj.] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] phir bhī[x] ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] śhubh bhāvnā[x] , śhubh kāmnā[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K tīn[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] śhikṣhā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[abs.] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . that[.kā] sanskar then x be[pres.sg.23] but that such then powerful be[pres.sg.23] that you[.kī] pure feeling to (x|less) do[pres.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] therefore like Brahma father ∅ what not see[past-part.m.sg.d.] , what not do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , x be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nevertheless end in pure feeling , good wishes (of|K) x word all to teachings give[abs.] go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
137That one's sanskar is slack, but it is powerful enough to reduce your good wishes. 138What did Father Brahma not see, what did he not do? 139While being responsible, he departed in the end giving everyone the teaching of three words of good wishes and pure feelings.
122याद है ना ! yād hai nā ! yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! remembrance be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
140You remember those, do you not?
123तीन शब्द याद हैं ना ! tīn śhabda yād haĩ nā ! tīn[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā ! x word remembrance be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ !
141You remember the three words, do you not?
124स्वयं भी निराकारी , निरहंकारी , निर्विकारी इसी स्थिति में अव्यक्त बनें , किसी को भी कर्मभोग की फीलिंग नहीं दिलाई , किसने समझा कि कर्मभोग समाप्त हो रहा है ! svayã bhī nirākārī , nirahaṅkārī , nirvikārī isī sthiti mē̃ avyakt banē̃ , kisī kō bhī karmabhōg kī|key feeling nahī̃ dilāī , kisnē samjhā ki karmabhōg samāpt hō rahā hai ! svayã bhī[p.] nirākār[adj.] , nirahaṅkārī, nirahaṅkār[adj.] , nirvikārī[adj.] yah[pn.sg.hī] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] avyakt[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] , kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] karmbhōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key feeling nahī̃[neg] dilānā[past-part.f.] , kaun[pn.sg.nē] samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] karmbhōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] samāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ! x too incorporeal , egoless , viceless this[.hī] stage in avyakt become[opt.pl.12hon3] , (anything|some) to too suffering of karma (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) feeling not x[past-part.f.] , who[.nē] (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) that suffering of karma finished be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] !
142He himself became avyakt through the stage of being incorporeal, egoless and viceless. 143He did not give anyone the feeling that he was going through the suffering of karma. 144Did anyone understand that his suffering of karma was now finishing?
125क्या हो गया ? kyā hō gayā ? kyā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ? what be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ?
145What happened?
126अव्यक्त हो गया . avyakt hō gayā . avyakt[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . avyakt be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
146He became avyakt.
127ऐसे ब्रह्मा बाप समान फरिश्ता भव का वरदान जो बाप ने करके दिखाया , फॉलो ब्रह्मा बाप . aisē brahmā bāp samān phariśhtā bhav kā vardān jō bāp nē karkē dikhāyā , follow brahmā bāp . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp samān[x] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhav[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhav kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , follow brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] . such Brahma equal to the Father angel (x|may you be) of blessing that father ∅ do[abs.] x[past-part.m.sg.d.] , follow Brahma father .
147Father Brahma demonstrated the blessing of being angelic. 148Follow Father Brahma!
128ब्रह्मा बाप से प्यार रहा , अभी भी चाहे साकार में नहीं देखा लेकिन अव्यक्त बाप के रूप में भी स्नेह सबका है . brahmā bāp sē pyār rahā , abhī bhī chāhē sākār mē̃ nahī̃ dēkhā lēkin avyakt bāp kē|K rūp mē̃ bhī snēh sabkā hai . brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rahānā[root] , ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] sākār, sākārī[adj.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin avyakt[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Brahma father from love (remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]|enable to live[root]) , now too (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) sakar in not see[past-part.m.sg.d.] but avyakt father (of|K) Rup in too love everyone's be[pres.sg.23] .
149You had love for Father Brahma. 150Even though you may not have seen him in the corporeal form, even now, you all have love for him in the form of the avyakt Father.
129बापदादा दोनों से स्नेह में देखा गया है कि स्नेह की सबजेक्ट में मैजारिटी पास हैं . bāpdādā dōnō̃ sē snēh mē̃ dēkhā gayā hai ki snēh kī|key subject mē̃ majority pās|pass haĩ . bāpdādā dōnō̃ sē[postp.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.passive] ki[conj.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key subject mē̃[postp.] majority pās|pass hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . BapDada x from love in (see[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|see[pres-perf.sg.m.23.passive]) that love (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) subject in majority (x|pass) be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
151In the subject of love for both Bap and Dada, the majority of you have passed.
130स्नेह ही चला रहा है . snēh hī chalā rahā hai . snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] chalnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|chalānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . love only (continue[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|x[pres.sg.m.prog.23]) .
152It is the love that is making you move.
131चाहे धारणा नहीं भी हो , कोई भी सबजेक्ट में कमी हो , लेकिन स्नेह की सबजेक्ट में मैजारिटी सभी पास हैं . chāhē dhārṇā nahī̃ bhī hō , kōī bhī subject mē̃ kamī hō , lēkin snēh kī|key subject mē̃ majority sabhī pās|pass haĩ . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , kōī bhī[x] subject mē̃[postp.] kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , lēkin snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key subject mē̃[postp.] majority sab[adv.hī] pās|pass hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) dharna not too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , anyone subject in x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , but love (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) subject in majority all (x|pass) be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
153Even if there is no imbibing, if you are lacking in any subject, the majority of you have passed in the subject of love.
132स्नेह चला रहा है . snēh chalā rahā hai . snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|chalānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . love (continue[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|x[pres.sg.m.prog.23]) .
154Love is making you move.
133आप सभी क्यों आये हैं ? āp sabhī kyō̃ āyē haĩ ? āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kyō̃ ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ? you all why come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?
155Why have all of you come?
134किस विमान में आये हो ? kis vimān mē̃ āyē hō ? kyā[pn.sg.o.]|kaun[pn.sg.o.] vimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ? (what|who) x in come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ?
156In which plane have you come?
135स्नेह के विमान में पहुंचे हो . snēh kē|K vimān mē̃ pahuñchē hō . snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . love (of|K) x in reach[pres-perf.pl.m.2] .
157You arrived here in the plane of love.
136और बापदादा का भी लास्ट बच्चे से भी प्यार है . aur bāpdādā kā bhī last bachchē sē bhī pyār hai . aur bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] last bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and BapDada of too last child from too love be[pres.sg.23] .
158And BapDada has love for even the last child.
137कैसा भी है लेकिन प्यार में पास है क्योंकि बाप का हर बच्चे के प्रति दिल का प्यार है . kaisā bhī hai lēkin pyār mē̃ pās|pass hai kyōṅki bāp kā har|her bachchē kē prati dil kā pyār hai . kaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pās|pass hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] har|harnā[root]|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kē prati[x] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . how too be[pres.sg.23] but love in (x|pass) be[pres.sg.23] because father of (x|x[root]) child for heart of love be[pres.sg.23] .
159No matter what the child is like, he has passed in love because the Father also has love in His heart for every child.
138चाहे कैसा भी है लेकिन मेरा है . chāhē kaisā bhī hai lēkin mērā hai . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] kaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin maĩ[pn.sg.kā] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) how too be[pres.sg.23] but I[.kā] be[pres.sg.23] .
160No matter what he is like, he is Mine.
139जैसे आप कहते हो मेरा बाबा , तो बाप क्या कहते हैं ? jaisē āp kahtē hō mērā bābā , tō bāp kyā kahtē haĩ ? jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā , tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? like you say[pres.pl.m.2] I[.kā] Baba , then father what say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
161Since you say "My Baba!" what does the Father say?
140मेरे बच्चे हैं . mērē bachchē haĩ . maĩ[pn.sg.kē] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . I[.kē] child be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
162"They are My children."
141ऐसी शुभ भावना आपस में परिवार की भी होना आवश्यक है . aisī śhubh bhāvnā āpas mē̃ parivār kī|key bhī hōnā āvaśhyak hai . aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] śhubh bhāvnā[x] āpas mē̃[x] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] āvaśhyak[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . such pure feeling with each other family (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too be[inf.m.sg.d.] x be[pres.sg.23] .
163It is necessary to have such good wishes among yourselves in the family.
142स्वभाव नहीं देखो , बाप जानते हैं , भाव स्वभाव है , लेकिन भाव स्वभाव , प्यार को खत्म नहीं करे , सम्बन्ध को खत्म नहीं करे , कार्य को सफल कम करे यह राइट नहीं . svabhāv nahī̃ dēkhō , bāp jāntē haĩ , bhāv svabhāv hai , lēkin bhāv svabhāv , pyār kō khatm nahī̃ karē , sambandh kō khatm nahī̃ karē , kārya kō saphal cum|kam karē yah right nahī̃ . svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , lēkin bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] , pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] ḵẖatm[adj.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.sg.23] , sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] ḵẖatm[adj.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.sg.23] , kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] saphal[adj.] cum|kam[adj.] karnā[opt.sg.23] yah[pn.sg.d.] right nahī̃[neg] . nature not see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , father know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , consciousness nature be[pres.sg.23] , but consciousness nature , love to finished not do[opt.sg.23] , relationship to finished not do[opt.sg.23] , task to successful (x|less) do[opt.sg.23] this right not .
164Do not look at anyone's nature. 165The Father knows that there is a conflict of natures, but the conflict of natures should not finish the love, it should not finish the relationship. 166It is not right that it would not let the task be as successful.
143परिवार है . parivār hai . parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . family be[pres.sg.23] .
167This is a family.
144कौन सा परिवार है ? kaun sā parivār hai ? kaun sā[x] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? which family be[pres.sg.23] ?
168Which family is it?
145प्रभु परिवार , परमात्म परिवार . prabhu parivār , paramātma parivār . prabhu parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] , paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] . God family , Supreme Soul family .
169It is God's family. 170Prabhu parivaar.
146इसमें कोई भी कारण से प्यार की कमी नहीं होनी चाहिए . ismē̃ kōī bhī kāraṇ sē pyār kī|key kamī nahī̃ hōnī chāhiē . yah[pn.sg.mē̃] kōī bhī[x] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[.oblig3] . this[.mē̃] anyone because from love (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x not be[.oblig3] .
171There shouldn't be a lack of love here due to any reason.
147ऐसे है ? aisē hai ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? such be[pres.sg.23] ?
172Is it like that?
148है प्यार की कमी ? hai pyār kī|key kamī ? hōnā[pres.sg.23] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ? be[pres.sg.23] love (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x ?
173Is love lacking?
149प्यार अर्थात् शुभ भावना जरूर हो . pyār arthāt śhubh bhāvnā jarūr hō . pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt śhubh bhāvnā[x] zarūr hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . love that is pure feeling definitely (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
174There should definitely be love, that is, good wishes.
150कैसा भी है , परमात्म परिवार है . kaisā bhī hai , paramātma parivār hai . kaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . how too be[pres.sg.23] , Supreme Soul family be[pres.sg.23] .
175No matter what someone is like, this is God's family.
151जिसने माना कि मैं प्रभु परिवार का हूँ , तो परिवार अर्थात् प्यार . jisnē mānā ki maĩ prabhu parivār kā hū̃ , tō parivār arthāt pyār . jō[pn.sg.nē] mānā|mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] prabhu parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , tō parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] . that[.nē] (means|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) that I God family of be[pres.sg.1] , then family that is love .
176You are those who believe that they belong to God's family, so family means love.
152अगर परिवार में प्यार नहीं तो परिवार नहीं . agar parivār mē̃ pyār nahī̃ tō parivār nahī̃ . agar parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃ tō[x] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] . if family in love otherwise family not .
177If there is no love in the family, it is not a family.
153इसलिए आज क्या पाठ पढ़ा ? isliē āj kyā pāṭh paṛhā ? isliē āj kyā pāṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|paṛhānā[root] ? therefore today what lesson (study[past-part.m.sg.d.]|teach[root]) ?
178So, what lesson did you learn today?
154पक्का किया ? pakkā kiyā ? pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? firm do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
179Did you make it firm?
155हर आत्मा से शुभ भावना , शुभ भाव . har|her ātmā sē śhubh bhāvnā , śhubh bhāv . har|harnā[root]|her ātmā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] śhubh bhāvnā[x] , śhubh[adj.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] . (x|x[root]) soul from pure feeling , pure and positive consciousness .
180Have good wishes and pure feelings for every soul.
156यह परमात्म परिवार एक से एक समय ही होता है , इतना बड़ा परिवार परमात्मा के सिवाए और किसका हो ही नहीं सकता . yah paramātma parivār ēk sē ēk samay hī hōtā hai , itnā baṛā parivār paramātmā kē|K sivāē aur kiskā hō hī nahī̃ saktā . yah[pn.sg.d.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] sē[postp.] ēk[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sivāē aur kaun[pn.sg.kā] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . this Supreme Soul family one from one time only be[pres.sg.m.23] , such very family Supreme Soul (of|K) except and who[.kā] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) only not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
181This Godly family only exists at this one time. 182No one except God can have such a huge family.
157तो चेक करना क्योंकि यह भी पुरूषार्थ में विघ्न पड़ता है . tō check karnā kyōṅki yah bhī purūṣhārth mē̃ vighna paṛtā hai . tō check karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] kyōṅki yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] puruṣhārth mē̃[postp.] vighna[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] . then check do[inf.m.sg.d.] because this too effort in obstacle fall[pres.sg.m.23] .
183So, check, because even this causes an obstacle in your effort.
158तो विघ्न मुक्त होंगे तभी अनुभवी बन अनुभव के अथॉरिटी द्वारा सभी को अनुभवी बनायेंगे . tō vighna mukt hōṅgē tabhī anubhavī ban anubhav kē|K authority dvārā sabhī kō anubhavī banāyēṅgē . tō vighna[n.m.;sg.,d.] mukt[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tabhī anubhavī[adj.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K authority dvārā sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] anubhavī[adj.] banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then obstacle free be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x experienced (x|become[root]) experience (of|K) authority through all to experienced create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
184Only when you become free from obstacles will you become experienced and make others experienced with your authority of experience.
159अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
185Achcha.
160आज जो पहली बार आये हैं वह उठके खड़े हो . āj jō pahlī bār āyē haĩ vah uṭhkē khaṛē hō . āj jō[pn.;d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bār[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] uṭhnā[abs.] khaṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . today that x time come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that wake up[abs.] standing (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
186Those who have come for the first time, stand up!
161हाथ हिलाओ . hāth hilāō . hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . hand make fluctuate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
187Wave your hands!
162बापदादा पहले बारी आने वालों को विशेष मुबारक दे रहे हैं क्योंकि टूलेट के बजाए लेट में भी आ तो गये . bāpdādā pahlē bārī ānē vālō̃ kō viśhēṣh mubārak dē rahē haĩ kyōṅki toolate kē bajāē late|lēṭ mē̃ bhī ā tō gayē . bāpdādā pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] kyōṅki too late kē bajāē[x] late|lēṭnā[root] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] ānā[root] tō jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . BapDada (x|firstly) x (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) those who to special congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] because too late instead of (late|lie down[root]) in too come[root] then go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
188BapDada is giving special congratulations to those who have come for the first time because you have come here when it is late, but not too late.
163और बापदादा सभी आने वालों को यह खुशखबरी सुनाते हैं कि अगर देरी से आने वाले भी तीव्र पुरूषार्थ अर्थात् उड़ती कला का पुरूषार्थ कर आगे बढ़ने चाहे तो तीव्र पुरूषार्थ द्वारा आगे जा सकते हो . aur bāpdādā sabhī ānē vālō̃ kō yah khuśhkhabarī sunātē haĩ ki agar dērī sē ānē vālē bhī tīvr purūṣhārth arthāt uṛtī kalā kā purūṣhārth kar āgē baṛhnē chāhē tō tīvr purūṣhārth dvārā āgē jā saktē hō . aur bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] khuśhkhabarī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sunānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] agar dērī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth arthāt uṛnā[pres-part.f.] kalā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puruṣhārth karnā[root] āgē baṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] tō tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth dvārā āgē jānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . and BapDada all (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) those who to this good news speak[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that if x from (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) those who too intense effort that is fly[pres-part.f.] degree of effort do[root] previously grow[inf.m.pl.,o.] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) then intense effort through previously go[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
189BapDada is sharing the good news with all those who have come that if those who have come late make fast effort, that is, if they make effort of the flying stage and wish to move forward, then they can go ahead with that fast effort.
164लेकिन तीव्र पुरूषार्थ . lēkin tīvr purūṣhārth . lēkin tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth . but intense effort . 165साधारण पुरूषार्थी नहीं . sādhāraṇ purūṣhārthī nahī̃ . sādhāraṇ[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] nahī̃[neg] . ordinary effort-maker not .
190However, it has to be fast effort, not ordinary effort.
166हर बारी बापदादा पहले बारी आने वालों को देख खुश भी होते हैं और सभी आने वाले को परिवार , सारा ही परिवार आपको देख करके खुश होते हैं . har|her bārī bāpdādā pahlē bārī ānē vālō̃ kō dēkh khuśh bhī hōtē haĩ aur sabhī ānē vālē kō parivār , sārā hī parivār āpkō dēkh karkē khuśh hōtē haĩ . har|harnā[root]|her bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bāpdādā pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] khuśh[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur sab[adv.hī] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . (x|x[root]) x BapDada (x|firstly) x (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) those who to see[root] happy too be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and all (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) those who to family , the whole only family you[.kō] see[root] do[abs.] happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
191Every time BapDada is pleased to see those who have come for the first time, and the whole family is also pleased to see those who come.
167आ तो गये हैं , कुछ न कुछ वर्सा लेने के अधिकारी तो बनेंगे इसलिए बापदादा भी कहते हैं भले पधारे , बाप के बिछुडे हुए बच्चे भले पधारे . ā tō gayē haĩ , kuchh na kuchh varsā lēnē kē|K adhikārī tō banē̃gē isliē bāpdādā bhī kahtē haĩ bhalē padhārē , bāp kē|K bichhuḍē huē bachchē bhalē padhārē . ānā[root] tō jānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , kuchh na[neg] kuchh varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] isliē bāpdādā bhī[p.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] padhārnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|padhārnā[opt.sg.23] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bichhuṛnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] padhārnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|padhārnā[opt.sg.23] . come[root] then go[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , anything not anything inheritance take[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) (one) who has a right then become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] therefore BapDada too say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] benefit (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) , father (of|K) want to be separated[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] child benefit (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) .
192At least you have come, and so you will claim a right to receive an inheritance. 193This is why BapDada says to those who have come: Welcome! 194Children who were separated from the Father, welcome!
168अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
195Achcha.
169बैठे जाओ . baiṭhē jāō . baiṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.past-part+jānā]|baiṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.passive] . (sit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.past-part+jānā]|sit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.passive]) .
196You may sit down.
170अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
197Achcha.
171सेवा का टर्न - राजस्थान और इन्दौर का है : अच्छा पहले इन्दौर वाले हाथ उठाओ . sēvā kā turn - rājasthān aur Indore kā hai : achchhā pahlē Indore vālē hāth uṭhāō . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tum - rājasthān aur Indore kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] Indore vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . service of you - x and Indore of be[pres.sg.23] : achcha (x|firstly) Indore those who raise your hands .
198It was the turn of Rajasthan and Indore to serve: First, those from Indore, raise your hands!
172अभी राजस्थान वाले हाथ उठाओ . abhī rājasthān vālē hāth uṭhāō . ab[adv.hī] rājasthān vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now x those who raise your hands .
199Now, those from Rajasthan, raise your hands!
173अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
200Achcha.
174दोनों ने अपनी सेवा का पार्ट अच्छा बजाया है . dōnō̃ nē apnī sēvā kā part achchhā bajāyā hai . dōnō̃ nē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bajānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . x ∅ one’s own service of part achcha play[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
201Both of you have played your parts of service very well.
175बापदादा ने देखा है कि यह सेवा का चांस सभी उमंग-उत्साह से करते भी हैं और कराते भी हैं . bāpdādā nē dēkhā hai ki yah sēvā kā chance sabhī umaṅg-utsāh sē kartē bhī haĩ aur karātē bhī haĩ . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance sab[adv.hī] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur karānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . BapDada ∅ see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that this service of chance all zeal and enthusiasm from do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too be[pres.pl.12hon3] and make commit[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
202BapDada has seen that all of you have taken this chance for service with a lot of zeal and enthusiasm and you inspire others in the same way too.
176सेवा का यह पार्ट इन 10-15 दिन में भिन्न-भिन्न कमाई का साधन है . sēvā kā yah part in 10-15 din mē̃ bhinn-bhinn kamāī kā sādhan hai . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.pl.o.]|in 10-15 din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhinn[adj.] kamāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|kamānā[past-part.f.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . service of this part (this|in) 10-15 day in different (earning an income|earn[past-part.f.]) of facilities be[pres.sg.23] .
203This part of service over 10 to 15 days is a means of earning an income in various ways.
177एक फायदा यह है कि सेवा का मेवा हर एक का पुण्य जमा होता है . ēk phāydā yah hai ki sēvā kā mēvā har ēk kā puṇya jamā hōtā hai . ēk[adj.] fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mēvā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] har ēk[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . one profit this be[pres.sg.23] that service of nourishing fruit each one of charity (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) be[pres.sg.m.23] .
204One benefit is that each one of you accumulates your charity as the fruit of service.
178दूसरा फायदा यहाँ मधुबन का ज्ञान का वायुमण्डल , बड़े परिवार का वायुमण्डल , स्नेह का पुरूषार्थ में भी बल मिलता है . dūsrā phāydā yahā̃ madhuban kā gyān kā vāyumaṇḍal , baṛē parivār kā vāyumaṇḍal , snēh kā purūṣhārth mē̃ bhī bal miltā hai . dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] yahā̃ madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] , baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] , snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puruṣhārth mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] bal[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . other profit here Madhuban of knowledge of atmosphere , very family of atmosphere , love of effort in too strength receive[pres.sg.m.23] .
205The second benefit is the atmosphere of knowledge in Madhuban, the atmosphere of the large family and you receive the power of love in your effort.
179क्योंकि वायुमण्डल वायबे्रशन और ज्ञान स्नान एक बारी तीर्थो पर स्नान करने जाते हैं तो अपना बहुत पुण्य मानते हैं और यहाँ जितने दिन भी रहते हो उतने दिन ज्ञान स्नान , ज्ञान के वचन कानों में पड़ते रहते हैं . kyōṅki vāyumaṇḍal vibration aur gyān snān ēk bārī tīrthō par snān karnē jātē haĩ tō apnā bahut puṇya māntē haĩ aur yahā̃ jitnē din bhī rahtē hō utnē din gyān snān , gyān kē|K vachan kānō̃ mē̃ paṛtē rahtē haĩ . kyōṅki vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] vibration aur gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] snān[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tīrth[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] snān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bahut puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur yahā̃ jitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] utnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] snān[n.m.;sg.,d.] , gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vachan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] paṛnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . because atmosphere vibrations and knowledge bathing one x pilgrimage place (at|other) bathing do[inf.m.pl.,o.] go[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then (adopt[root]|one’s own) very charity x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and here the more day too remain[pres.pl.m.2] x day knowledge bathing , knowledge (of|K) word ear in fall[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
206Here, you have the atmosphere, the vibrations, and the bathing in knowledge. 207When people go to bathe at a pilgrimage place even once, they consider that to be a great charity, whereas here, however many days you stay here, you bathe in knowledge for that many days and versions of knowledge continue to drop into your ears.
180और योगी आत्मायें , प्रभु प्यार वाली आत्मायें उनका वायबे्रशन भी आटोमेटिकली मिलता रहता है . aur yōgī ātmāyē̃ , prabhu pyār vālī ātmāyē̃ unkā vibration bhī automatically miltā rahtā hai . aur yōgī[x] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , prabhu pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] vah[pn.pl.kā] vibration bhī[p.] automatically milnā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] . and yogi soul , God love those who soul that[.kā] vibrations too x receive[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
208And, you automatically continue to receive the vibrations of yogi souls and souls who have love for God.
181एकान्त के वायुमण्डल का लाभ मिलता है . ēkānt kē|K vāyumaṇḍal kā lābh miltā hai . ēkānt[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lābh[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . solitude (of|K) atmosphere of x receive[pres.sg.m.23] .
209You receive the benefit of the atmosphere of solitude.
182अगर कोई अपने काम में और पढ़ाई में फायदों में अपने को बिजी रखता है तो उनको थोड़े दिनों में अपना भविष्य ऊंचा बनाने का चांस मिलता है . agar kōī apnē kām mē̃ aur paṛhāī mē̃ phāydō̃ mē̃ apnē kō busy rakhtā hai tō unkō thōṛē dinō̃ mē̃ apnā bhaviṣhya ūñchā banānē kā chance miltā hai . agar kōī[pn.;d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] aur paṛhānā[past-part.f.]|paṛhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] fāydā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] busy rakhnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō vah[pn.pl.kō] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhaviṣhya[adj.] ūñch[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . if some one’s own (task|lust) in and (teach[past-part.f.]|study) in profit in one’s own to busy keep[pres.sg.m.23] then that[.kō] short day in (adopt[root]|one’s own) future elevated create[inf.m.pl.,o.] of chance receive[pres.sg.m.23] .
210When people keep themselves busy in their work, their study or something that benefits them, then they receive a chance to make their future elevated in a few days.
183इसलिए यज्ञ का काम भी चलता और आने वालों का पुण्य भी जमा होता . isliē yagya kā kām bhī chaltā aur ānē vālō̃ kā puṇya bhī jamā hōtā . isliē yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] chalnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] aur ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . therefore sacrificial fire of (task|lust) too continue[pres-part.m.sg.d.] and (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) those who of charity too (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
211This is why the work of the yagya continues and charity is accumulated for those who come.
184दोनों ही ज़ोन आये हैं लेकिन बापदादा ने देखा कि आजकल के वायुमण्डल में सेवा का उमंग मैजारिटी सभी ज़ोन में है . dōnō̃ hī zone āyē haĩ lēkin bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki ājkal kē|K vāyumaṇḍal mē̃ sēvā kā umaṅg majority sabhī zone mē̃ hai . dōnō̃ hī[p.] zone ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] ājkal kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] majority sab[adv.hī] zone mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x only zone come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] but BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that nowadays (of|K) atmosphere in service of zeal majority all zone in be[pres.sg.23] .
212Both zones have come, but BapDada has seen that, in today's environment, all zones have zeal and enthusiasm for service.
185इन्दौर भी सेन्टर बढ़ा भी रहे हैं और सन्देश देकर बाप के बना रहे हैं . Indore bhī centre baṛhā bhī rahē haĩ aur sandēśh dēkar bāp kē|K banā rahē haĩ . Indore bhī[p.] centre baṛhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|baṛhānā[root] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] aur sandēśh[x] dēnā[abs.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K banānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . Indore too centre (grow[past-part.m.sg.d.]|increase[root]) too remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] and message give[abs.] father (of|K) create[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
213Indore is expanding their centre and making souls belong to the Father by giving them the message.
186राजस्थान भी ऐसे ही आगे बढ़ रहे हैं . rājasthān bhī aisē hī āgē baṛh rahē haĩ . rājasthān bhī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] āgē baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . x too such only previously grow[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
214Rajasthan is also moving forward in the same way.
187आजकल की लहर सेवा का उमंग सभी में है और बापदादा भी इशारा दे रहे हैं कि जिस भी ज़ोन वाले हों , जहाँ से भी आये हो , शिवरात्रि बाप का जन्म भी है , सेवा का आरम्भ भी है और विशेष आत्माओं का भी जन्म दिन है . ājkal kī lahar sēvā kā umaṅg sabhī mē̃ hai aur bāpdādā bhī iśhārā dē rahē haĩ ki jis bhī zone vālē hō̃ , jahā̃ sē bhī āyē hō , śhivrātri bāp kā janm bhī hai , sēvā kā ārambh bhī hai aur viśhēṣh ātmāō̃ kā bhī janm din hai . ājkal karnā[past-part.f.] lahar[n.f.;sg.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] sab[adv.hī] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur bāpdādā bhī[p.] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] jō[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] zone vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , jahā̃ sē[postp.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , śhivrātri[x] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ārambh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur viśhēṣh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x[past-part.f.] wave service of zeal all in be[pres.sg.23] and BapDada too signal give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that that too zone those who be[opt.pl.12hon3] , where there from too come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , Shiva Ratri father of (life|be born[root]) too be[pres.sg.23] , service of x too be[pres.sg.23] and special soul of too (life|be born[root]) day be[pres.sg.23] .
215The wave nowadays is that everyone has enthusiasm for service; so BapDada is giving a signal: whatever zone you come from, Shiv Ratri is the Father's birthday, it is the beginning of service, and it is also the birthday of special souls.
188ऐसे जैसे कोई आजकल के गवर्मेन्ट का नामीग्रामी का जन्म होता है तो उस जन्म को धूमधाम से मनाते हैं , जैसे गांधी बापू जी का जन्म दिन कितना मनाते हैं , कोशिश करते हैं कि ऐसे दिन एक-एक को भारत का यादगार झण्डी या झण्डा लहराना चाहिए . aisē jaisē kōī ājkal kē|K government kā nāmīgrāmī kā janm hōtā hai tō us janm kō dhūmdhām sē manātē haĩ , jaisē gāndhī bāpū jī kā janm din kitnā manātē haĩ , kōśhiśh kartē haĩ ki aisē din ēk-ēk kō bhārat kā yādgār jhaṇḍī yā jhaṇḍā laharānā chāhiē . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kōī[pn.;d.] ājkal kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K government kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nāmīgrāmī[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō vah[pn.sg.o.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] kō[postp.] dhūmdhām[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] manānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] gāndhī bāpū jī[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] manānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] kō[postp.] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yādgār[x] jhaṇḍī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] yā jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] laharānā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|laharānā[.oblig3] . such like some nowadays (of|K) government of x of (life|be born[root]) be[pres.sg.m.23] then that (life|be born[root]) to a lot of pomp and joy from celebrate[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , like x Bapuji of (life|be born[root]) day so celebrate[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , try do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that such day one to Bharat of memorial flag or flag (hoist[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|hoist[.oblig3]) .
216Nowadays, when it is the birthday of an eminent person in the Government, it is celebrated with a lot of pomp and splendour, just as they celebrate the birthday of Bapu Gandhiji; they try to make each person hoist the flag of Bharat as a memorial.
189ऐसे यह विशेष जन्म महारथियों का भी है , बाप का भी है . aisē yah viśhēṣh janm mahārathiyō̃ kā bhī hai , bāp kā bhī hai . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yah[pn.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] mahārathī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . such this special (life|be born[root]) maharathi of too be[pres.sg.23] , father of too be[pres.sg.23] . 190बापदादा का भी है . bāpdādā kā bhī hai . bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada of too be[pres.sg.23] .
217Similarly, this is the special birthday of the maharathis and also of the Father, and of BapDada.
191तो ऐसे दिन पर हर एक को क्या मनाना है ? tō aisē din par har ēk kō kyā manānā hai ? tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] har ēk[x] kō[postp.] kyā manānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? then such day (at|other) each one to what celebrate[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
218So, on such a day, what is each one going to celebrate?
192बापदादा का यह संकल्प है कि इस शिवरात्रि पर या एक सप्ताह पहले या एक सप्ताह पीछे इन दिनों में अपने परिचित , अपने मोहल्ले वाले , अपने दफ्तर के कार्य करने वाले साथी , इन्हों को सन्देश जरूर दो कि अगर बाप से वर्सा लेना है तो ले लो , यह सन्देश जरूर दे दो . bāpdādā kā yah saṅkalp hai ki is śhivrātri par yā ēk saptāh pahlē yā ēk saptāh pīchhē in dinō̃ mē̃ apnē parichit , apnē mōhallē vālē , apnē daphtar kē|K kārya karnē vālē sāthī , inhō̃ kō sandēśh jarūr dō ki agar bāp sē varsā lēnā hai tō lē lō , yah sandēśh jarūr dē dō . bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.o.] śhivrātri[x] par[postp.]|par[adj.] yā ēk[adj.] saptāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] yā ēk[adj.] saptāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] pīchhē yah[pn.pl.o.]|in din[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] parichit[adj.] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mōhallā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] daphtar[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] , yah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] sandēśh[x] zarūr dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] agar bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] lēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] tō lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] , yah[pn.sg.d.] sandēśh[x] zarūr dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . BapDada of this thought be[pres.sg.23] that this Shiva Ratri (at|other) or one week (x|firstly) or one week x (this|in) day in one’s own x , one’s own area those who , one’s own x (of|K) task do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who companion , this to message definitely (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) that if father from inheritance take[pres.sg.23.oblig1] then take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] , this message definitely give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] .
219It is BapDada's thought that on this Shiv Ratri you definitely have to give the message to those who are in contact with you, those living in your neighbourhood or your colleagues at work - either one week before or one week after Shiv Ratri tell them: if you want to claim the Father's inheritance, then take it now. 220Definitely give them this message.
193आपके मोहल्ले में कोई ऐसा नहीं रहे जो कहे कि हमको अभी लास्ट में सन्देश क्यों दिया . āpkē mōhallē mē̃ kōī aisā nahī̃ rahē jō kahē ki hamkō abhī last mē̃ sandēśh kyō̃ diyā . āp[pn.pl.kē] mōhallā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] jō[pn.;d.] kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kō] ab[adv.hī] last mē̃[postp.] sandēśh[x] kyō̃ dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . you[.kē] area in some such not (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) that (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23]) that we[.kō] now last in message why give[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
221No one in your neighbourhood should remain who would say: Why did you give us this message in this last period?
194थोड़ा पहले तो देते तो हम भी कुछ बना तो लेते , नहीं तो लास्ट में तो सिर्फ अहो प्रभू कहते रहेंगे . thōṛā pahlē tō dētē tō ham bhī kuchh banā tō lētē , nahī̃ tō last mē̃ tō sirph ahō prabhū kahtē rahē̃gē . thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] tō dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō ham[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] kuchh bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|banānā[root] tō lēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , nahī̃ tō[x] last mē̃[postp.] tō sirph[adj.] ahō prabhu[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . short (x|firstly) then give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then we too anything (become[past-part.m.sg.d.]|create[root]) then take[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , otherwise last in then only O God say[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
222At least you should have told us earlier; we could have then made some fortune. 223Otherwise, at the end, they would simply continue to say: Oh God!
195आप आये हमने नहीं पहचाना . āp āyē hamnē nahī̃ pahchānā . āp[pn.pl.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ham[pn.pl.nē] nahī̃[neg] pahchānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . you (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) we[.nē] not recognise[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
224You came and we didn't recognise You!
196उल्हना देते रहेंगे . ulhanā dētē rahē̃gē . ulhanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . complaint give[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
225They would continue to complain in this way.
197तो इस शिवरात्रि पर किसी भी विधि से ऐसा प्रोग्राम आपस में बनाओ जो पहचान वालों को सन्देश मिल जाये . tō is śhivrātri par kisī bhī vidhi sē aisā programme āpas mē̃ banāō jō pahchān vālō̃ kō sandēśh mil jāyē . tō yah[pn.sg.o.] śhivrātri[x] par[postp.]|par[adj.] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme āpas mē̃[x] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] pahchān[n.f.;sg.]|pahchānnā[root] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sandēśh[x] milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . then this Shiva Ratri (at|other) (anything|some) too method from such programme with each other create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that (recognition|recognise[root]) those who to message receive[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
226On this Shiv Ratri, in whatever way possible, have such a programme amongst yourselves so that those who are in contact with you receive the message.
198फिर रहा उन्हों की तकदीर . phir rahā unhō̃ kī|key takdīr . phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rahānā[root] vah[pn.pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key takdīr[n.f.;sg.] . (turn[root]|then) (remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]|enable to live[root]) that (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) fortune .
227Then it depends on their fortune.
199लेकिन आपने अपना कार्य पूरा किया . lēkin āpnē apnā kārya pūrā kiyā . lēkin āp[pn.pl.nē] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūrā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . but you[.nē] (adopt[root]|one’s own) task make full .
228However, at least you have done your work.
200तो हर एक को ऐसे किसी भी रूप में उन्हों को सन्देश पहुंच जाए फिर जैसी नेचर , जैसा स्वभाव उसी प्रमाण अपने-अपने तरीके से सन्देश जरूर दो . tō har ēk kō aisē kisī bhī rūp mē̃ unhō̃ kō sandēśh pahuñch jāē phir jaisī nature , jaisā svabhāv usī pramāṇ apnē-apnē tarīkē sē sandēśh jarūr dō . tō har ēk[x] kō[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] sandēśh[x] pahuñchnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nature , jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.sg.hī] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tarīkā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] sandēśh[x] zarūr dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then each one to such (anything|some) too Rup in that to message reach[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] (turn[root]|then) like nature , like nature that[.hī] (under) one’s own method from message definitely (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) .
229So, each one should definitely receive the message in whatever way possible. 230Definitely give them the message in your own way, according to their nature.
201बड़ा दिन है , खुशखबरी आपको सुनाते हैं . baṛā din hai , khuśhkhabarī āpkō sunātē haĩ . baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , khuśhkhabarī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] āp[pn.pl.kō] sunānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . very day be[pres.sg.23] , good news you[.kō] speak[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
231It is an auspicious day and we are sharing this good news with you.
202तो यह उल्हना निकल जाए . tō yah ulhanā nikal jāē . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] ulhanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nikalnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] . then this complaint be extracted[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] .
232Then this complaint will finish.
203अभी भी प्रोग्राम करते हो तो क्या कहते हैं , ऐसे भी कहते हैं अभी भी , कि हमको तो अभी पता पड़ा है . abhī bhī programme kartē hō tō kyā kahtē haĩ , aisē bhī kahtē haĩ abhī bhī , ki hamkō tō abhī patā paṛā hai . ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] programme karnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō kyā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] , ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kō] tō ab[adv.hī] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] paṛnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . now too programme do[pres.pl.m.2] then what say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , such too say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] now too , that we[.kō] then now knowledge fall[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
233Even now, what do they say when you have programmes? 234Even now, they say: We only found out about this now.
204आपने पहले क्यों नहीं किया ? āpnē pahlē kyō̃ nahī̃ kiyā ? āp[pn.pl.nē] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] kyō̃ nahī̃[neg] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? you[.nē] (x|firstly) why not do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
235Why did you not tell us earlier?
205इसलिए बच्चों का , बापदादा का जन्म दिन है , जो पुराने हैं वह अपना जन्मदिन कौन सा मनाते हैं ? isliē bachchō̃ kā , bāpdādā kā janm din hai , jō purānē haĩ vah apnā janmadin kaun sā manātē haĩ ? isliē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jō[pn.;d.] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] janm-din[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun sā[x] manānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? therefore child of , BapDada of (life|be born[root]) day be[pres.sg.23] , that old be[pres.pl.12hon3] that (adopt[root]|one’s own) birthday which celebrate[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
236This is the birthday of the children and of BapDada. 237What day do the older ones celebrate as their birthday?
206शिवरात्रि मनाते हैं ना ! śhivrātri manātē haĩ nā ! śhivrātri[x] manānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā ! Shiva Ratri celebrate[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ !
238They celebrate it on Shiv Ratri, do they not?
207तो इतनों के जन्म दिन पर यह सन्देश देने की मिठाई बांटों . tō itnō̃ kē|K janm din par yah sandēśh dēnē kī|key miṭhāī bāṇṭō̃ . tō itnā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] sandēśh[x] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key miṭhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bāṇṭnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then such (of|K) (life|be born[root]) day (at|other) this message give[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) sweet distribute[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
239So, distribute this sweet of sharing the message on the birthday of so many people.
208ठीक है ! ṭhīk hai ! ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! OK be[pres.sg.23] !
240Is this OK?
209बांटेंगे ! bāṇṭē̃gē ! bāṇṭnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ! distribute[fut.m.pl.12hon3] !
241Will you distribute it?
210हाथ उठाओ . hāth uṭhāō . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . raise your hands .
242Raise your hands!
211कोई भी वंचित नहीं रहे , किसी भी विधि से , फंक्शन करो या पोस्ट द्वारा भेजो , लेकिन कोई रहे नहीं . kōī bhī vañchit nahī̃ rahē , kisī bhī vidhi sē , function karō yā post dvārā bhējō , lēkin kōī rahē nahī̃ . kōī bhī[x] vañchit[adj.] nahī̃[neg] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] , function karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] yā post dvārā bhējnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , lēkin kōī[pn.;d.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] . anyone deprived not (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , (anything|some) too method from , x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] or x through x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , but some (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) not .
243No one should remain deprived. 244Do this in any way - have a function or send the message by post - but no one should be left out.
212किसी भी साधन से उनको सन्देश जरूर पहुंचाओ . kisī bhī sādhan sē unkō sandēśh jarūr pahuñchāō . kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] vah[pn.pl.kō] sandēśh[x] zarūr pahuñchānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (anything|some) too facilities from that[.kō] message definitely cause to reach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
245Using any means definitely let them receive this message.
213वह आप आपस में राय कर तीन चार तरीके बनाओ . vah āp āpas mē̃ rāy kar tīn chār tarīkē banāō . vah[pn.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.] āpas mē̃[x] rāy[n.f.;sg.]|rāy[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[root] tīn[adj.] chār[adj.] tarīkā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that you with each other (x) do[root] x four method create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
246You can discuss this among yourselves and create three to four methods of giving the message.
214वर्ग वाले भी अपने सभी कनेक्शन वालों को शिवरात्रि के महत्व का सन्देश जरूर दें . varg vālē bhī apnē sabhī connection vālō̃ kō śhivrātri kē|K mahatva kā sandēśh jarūr dē̃ . varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adv.hī] connection vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] śhivrātri[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sandēśh[x] zarūr dēnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . profession those who too one’s own all connection those who to Shiva Ratri (of|K) importance of message definitely give[opt.pl.12hon3] .
247Those of the Wings should definitely give the message of the importance of Shiv Ratri to all those who are in connection with them.
215पसन्द है ? pasand hai ? pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? love be[pres.sg.23] ?
248Do you like this?
216अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
249Achcha.
217गांव गांव में भी , जैसे गांव में रहने वाले ब्राह्मण तो बने ही हैं कोई न कोई , उनको अपने गांव में किसी भी रीति से चाहे पर्चा भेजो , चाहे सम्मुख जाओ लेकिन सन्देश जरूर दो . gānv gānv mē̃ bhī , jaisē gānv mē̃ rahnē vālē brāhmaṇ tō banē hī haĩ kōī na kōī , unkō apnē gānv mē̃ kisī bhī rīti sē chāhē parchā bhējō , chāhē sammukh jāō lēkin sandēśh jarūr dō . gānv[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānv[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] , jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] gānv[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] kōī na kōī[x] , vah[pn.pl.kō] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] gānv[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] rīti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] parchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhējnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] sammukh jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin sandēśh[x] zarūr dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . village village in too , like village in remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who Brahmin then (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) only be[pres.pl.12hon3] one .. or another , that[.kō] one’s own village in (anything|some) too way from (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) leaflet x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) in front of you go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but message definitely (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) .
250In every village, some have become Brahmins, and so those who have become Brahmins should definitely go to their own villages and give them the message, either by sending them leaflets, going to visit them personally or in any other way.
218घर-घर में मालूम हो कि यह शिवरात्रि क्या है . ghar-ghar mē̃ mālūm hō ki yah śhivrātri kyā hai . ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] mālūm[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] śhivrātri[x] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] . home in x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that this Shiva Ratri what be[pres.sg.23] .
251In every home, they should become aware of what Shiv Ratri is.
219इसमें देखेंगे कौन सा ज़ोन कितना नम्बर लेता है . ismē̃ dēkhē̃gē kaun sā zone kitnā number lētā hai . yah[pn.sg.mē̃] dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] kaun sā[x] zone kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] number lēnā[pres.sg.m.23] . this[.mē̃] see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] which zone so number take[pres.sg.m.23] .
252In this, we shall see which zone claims which number.
220हिसाब रखना . hisāb rakhnā . hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . account keep[inf.m.sg.d.] .
253Keep an account.
221बापदादा रिजल्ट देखेंगे , कितनों को पर्चे बांटे , कितनों से प्रैक्टिकल मिले , सब रिजल्ट निकालना . bāpdādā result dēkhē̃gē , kitnō̃ kō parchē bāṇṭē , kitnō̃ sē practical milē , sab result nikālnā . bāpdādā result dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , kitnā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] parchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bāṇṭnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bāṇṭnā[opt.sg.23] , kitnā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] practical milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] , sab[adj.] result nikālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . BapDada result see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , so to leaflet (distribute[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|distribute[opt.sg.23]) , so from practical (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]) , all result x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
254BapDada will see the result of how many you gave the leaflets to. 255How many you met practically. 256Keep this result.
222हर एक को बिजी रहना है , कोई भी फ्री नहीं रहे . har ēk kō busy rahnā hai , kōī bhī free nahī̃ rahē . har ēk[x] kō[postp.] busy rahnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , kōī bhī[x] free nahī̃[neg] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . each one to busy remain[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , anyone free not (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
257Each one has to remain busy. 258No one should remain free.
223अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
259Achcha.
224इन्दौर और राजस्थान . Indore aur rājasthān . Indore aur rājasthān . Indore and x .
260Indore and Rajasthan.
225दोनों की विशेषता ब्रह्मा बाप के लाडले . dōnō̃ kī|key viśhēṣhtā brahmā bāp kē|K lāḍlē . dōnō̃ karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lāḍlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality Brahma father (of|K) x .
261The speciality of both is that you are both specially loved by Father Brahma.
226ब्रह्मा बाप द्वारा इन्दौर का फाउण्डेशन पड़ा और राजस्थान में ब्रह्मा बाप या बापदादा द्वारा पहला म्यूजियम बना . brahmā bāp dvārā Indore kā foundation paṛā aur rājasthān mē̃ brahmā bāp yā bāpdādā dvārā pahlā museum banā . brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā Indore kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] foundation paṛnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur rājasthān mē̃[postp.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] yā bāpdādā dvārā pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] museum bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|banānā[root] . Brahma father through Indore of foundation fall[past-part.m.sg.d.] and x in Brahma father or BapDada through x museum (become[past-part.m.sg.d.]|create[root]) .
262The foundation of Indore was laid by Father Brahma, and the first museum in Rajasthan was made by Father Brahma and BapDada.
227तो दोनों ही ब्रह्मा बाबा के , बाप के तो हैं ही लेकिन विशेष ब्रह्मा बाप के लाडले हैं . tō dōnō̃ hī brahmā bābā kē|K , bāp kē|K tō haĩ hī lēkin viśhēṣh brahmā bāp kē|K lāḍlē haĩ . tō dōnō̃ hī[p.] brahmā bābā[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] hī[p.] lēkin viśhēṣh[adj.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lāḍlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then x only x (of|K) , father (of|K) then be[pres.pl.12hon3] only but special Brahma father (of|K) x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
263So, both are Brahma Baba's - both are loved by the Father, but are specially loved by Father Brahma.
228तो ब्रह्मा बाप की छत्रछाया दोनों के ऊपर सदा रहती है . tō brahmā bāp kī|key chhatrachhāyā dōnō̃ kē ūpar sadā rahtī hai . tō brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chhatrachhāyā[x] dōnō̃ kē ūpar[x] sadā rahnā[pres.sg.f.23] . then Brahma father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) canopy of protection x over constantly remain[pres.sg.f.23] .
264So, the canopy of protection of Father Brahma is constantly over both.
229है तो सभी ज़ोन पर लेकिन इन्हों की विशेषता है . hai tō sabhī zone par lēkin inhō̃ kī|key viśhēṣhtā hai . hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō sab[adv.hī] zone par[postp.]|par[adj.] lēkin yah[pn.pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . be[pres.sg.23] then all zone (at|other) but this (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality be[pres.sg.23] .
265It is over all the zones, but this is their speciality.
230ब्रह्मा बाप जब सन्देशी जाती है और एडवांस पार्टी इमर्ज होती है तो उन्हों से यह पहली शुरू-शुरू की बातें बहुत रूहरिहान में करते हैं . brahmā bāp jab sandēśhī jātī hai aur advance party emerge hōtī hai tō unhō̃ sē yah pahlī śhurū-śhurū kī|key bātē̃ bahut rūhrihān mē̃ kartē haĩ . brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] jab sandēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānā[pres.sg.f.23] aur advance party[x] emerge hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] tō vah[pn.pl.o.] sē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bahut rūhrihān[x] mē̃[postp.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . Brahma father when trance messenger go[pres.sg.f.23] and advance party emerge be[pres.sg.f.23] then that from this x beginning (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) matter very spiritual conversation in do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
266When a trance messenger goes to Father Brahma and the advance party is made to emerge there, Father Brahma has a heart-to-heart conversation a lot about those early days with them.
231आप सबके महारथी जो स्थापना के निमित्त बने हैं , वह बहुत साथी एडवांस पार्टी में निमित्त बने हैं तो उन्हों से बापदादा आदि की रूहरिहान बहुत करते हैं . āp sabkē mahārathī jō sthāpanā kē nimitt banē haĩ , vah bahut sāthī advance party mē̃ nimitt banē haĩ tō unhō̃ sē bāpdādā ādi kī|key rūhrihān bahut kartē haĩ . āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mahārathī[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] kē nimitt[x] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] bahut sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] advance party[x] mē̃[postp.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] tō vah[pn.pl.o.] sē[postp.] bāpdādā ādi[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key rūhrihān[x] bahut karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . you everyone's maharathi that establishment x become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , that very companion advance party in instrument become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] then that from BapDada etc. (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) spiritual conversation very do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
267Out of all the maharathis who have become instruments for establishment, many of those companions have become instruments in the advance party, and BapDada has many heart-to-heart conversations of the early days.
232और बापदादा और एडवांस पार्टी दोनों का एक ही संकल्प है कि अब कब गेट खोलने आयेंगे . aur bāpdādā aur advance party dōnō̃ kā ēk hī saṅkalp hai ki ab kab gate|get khōlnē āyēṅgē . aur bāpdādā aur advance party[x] dōnō̃ kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] ab[adv.] kab gate|get khōlnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . and BapDada and advance party x of one only thought be[pres.sg.23] that now when (gate|get) open[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
268BapDada and the advance party have the one thought: When will you come to open the gates?
233क्योंकि अकेले एडवांस पार्टी भी खोल नहीं सकती , बापदादा भी खोल नहीं सकते , साथ खोलेंगे . kyōṅki akēlē advance party bhī khōl nahī̃ saktī , bāpdādā bhī khōl nahī̃ saktē , sāth khōlē̃gē . kyōṅki akēlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] advance party[x] bhī[p.] khōlnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.f.] , bāpdādā bhī[p.] khōlnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] khōlnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . because alone advance party too open[root] not can[pres-part.f.] , BapDada too open[root] not can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , with open[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
269Because the advance party alone cannot open them and BapDada alone cannot open them: the gates will be opened by you all together.
234तो पूछते हैं एडवांस पार्टी वाले और बापदादा भी कहते हैं कि आखिर भी सभी निराकारी फरिश्ते स्वरूप में कब एवररेडी होंगे ! tō pūchhtē haĩ advance party vālē aur bāpdādā bhī kahtē haĩ ki ākhir bhī sabhī nirākārī phariśhtē svarūp mē̃ kab ever ready hōṅgē ! tō pūchhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] advance party[x] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur bāpdādā bhī[p.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] ākhir bhī[p.] sab[adv.hī] nirākār[adj.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kab ever ready hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ! then ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3] advance party those who and BapDada too say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that at last too all incorporeal angel form in when ever-ready be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] !
270Those of the advance party are asking and BapDada is also saying: When will all of you eventually become - ever-ready in your incorporeal and angelic forms?
235आजकल प्रकृति भी बहुत पुकारती है , बोझ बहुत बढ़ता जाता है . ājkal prakr̥iti bhī bahut pukārtī hai , bōjh bahut baṛhtā jātā hai . ājkal prakr̥iti[x] bhī[p.] bahut pukārnā[pres.sg.f.23] , bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut baṛhnā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+jānā] . nowadays matter too very call[pres.sg.f.23] , burden very grow[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+jānā] . 236मन का भी , शरीरों का भी . man kā bhī , śharīrō̃ kā bhī . man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] , śharīr[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] . mind of too , body of too .
271Nowadays, even nature is calling out a lot. 272The burden is increasing a lot: of the mind and of the body.
237इसलिए सभी आपका आवाह्न कर रहे हैं . isliē sabhī āpkā āvāhna kar rahē haĩ . isliē sab[adv.hī] āp[pn.pl.kā] āvāhna[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . therefore all you[.kā] x do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
273This is why all of them are invoking you.
238अब थोडा-थोडा अपना एवररेडी का नज़ारा दिखाओ . ab thōḍā-thōḍā apnā ever ready kā nazārā dikhāō . ab[adv.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ever ready kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nazārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now short (adopt[root]|one’s own) ever-ready of scene x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
274Now, show even a slight glimpse of your being ever-ready.
239वह नज़ारा है ज्यादा में ज्यादा समय या फरिश्ता रूप या निराकारी रूप , प्रैक्टिकल में प्रत्यक्ष करो अपना . vah nazārā hai jyādā mē̃ jyādā samay yā phariśhtā rūp yā nirākārī rūp , practical mē̃ pratyakṣha karō apnā . vah[pn.sg.d.] nazārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jyādā mē̃ jyādā[x] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] yā phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] yā nirākār[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , practical mē̃[postp.] pratyakṣh[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . that scene be[pres.sg.23] at the most time or angel Rup or incorporeal Rup , practical in visible do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (adopt[root]|one’s own) .
275That glimpse is to reveal in a practical way your angelic and incorporeal forms. 276You make incognito effort, but this should now be visible in a practical way.
240गुप्त पुरूषार्थ करते हैं लेकिन अभी प्रत्यक्ष दिखाई दे , आपके मस्तक से लाइट का प्रकाश अनुभव हो . gupta purūṣhārth kartē haĩ lēkin abhī pratyakṣha dikhāī dē , āpkē mastak sē light kā prakāśh anubhav hō . gupt[adj.] puruṣhārth karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin ab[adv.hī] pratyakṣh[adj.] dikhāī dēnā[opt.sg.23] , āp[pn.pl.kē] mastak[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] light kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . incognito effort do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but now visible be visible , you[.kē] forehead from light of x experience (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
277The rays of light should be experienced from your forehead. 278The power of spirituality should be experienced through your eyes.
241नयनों से रूहानियत की शक्ति अनुभव हो . nayanō̃ sē rūhāniyat kī|key śhakti anubhav hō . nayan, nain[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] rūḥānīyat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . eye from x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti experience (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 242मुख से , चेहरे से मधुरता , मुस्कुराता चेहरा अनुभव हो . mukh sē , chēhrē sē madhurtā , muskurātā chēhrā anubhav hō . mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] , chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] madhurtā[n.f.;sg.] , muskarānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . mouth from , face from sweetness , smile[pres-part.m.sg.d.] face experience (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
279Sweetness and cheerfulness should be experienced through your lips and your face.
243तारीख पूछेंगे तो हर एक सोचेगा क्योंकि संगठन रूप में जो भी महावीर हैं , तीव्र पुरूषार्थी हैं उनको संगठन रूप में जाना है . tārīkh pūchhē̃gē tō har ēk sōchēgā kyōṅki saṅgaṭhan rūp mē̃ jō bhī mahāvīr haĩ , tīvr purūṣhārthī haĩ unkō saṅgaṭhan rūp mē̃ jānā hai . tārīkh[n.f.;sg.] pūchhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō har ēk[x] sōchnā[fut.m.sg.23] kyōṅki saṅgaṭhan[x] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] mahāvīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.kō] saṅgaṭhan[x] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jānnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|jānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . x ask[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then each one think[fut.m.sg.23] because gathering Rup in that too Mahavir be[pres.pl.12hon3] , intense effort-maker be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.kō] gathering Rup in (know[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|go[pres.sg.23.oblig1]) .
280If you are asked about a date, then each one would think about it, because all of you mahavirs and fast effort-makers have to return collectively as a group.
244आगे पीछे नहीं जाना है . āgē pīchhē nahī̃ jānā hai . āgē pīchhē nahī̃[neg] jānnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|jānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . previously x not (know[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|go[pres.sg.23.oblig1]) .
281You are not going to return earlier or later than others.
245पहले यहाँ एवररेडी का रूप प्रत्यक्ष होना है , जिससे प्रत्यक्षता हो बापदादा की , कार्य की . pahlē yahā̃ ever ready kā rūp pratyakṣha hōnā hai , jissē pratyakṣhatā hō bāpdādā kī|key , kārya kī|key . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] yahā̃ ever ready kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] pratyakṣh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , jō[pn.sg.sē] pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key . (x|firstly) here ever-ready of Rup visible be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , that[.sē] revelation (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , task (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) .
282First, your ever-ready form has to be revealed through which the revelation of BapDada and His task will take place.
246तो अभी तीव्र पुरूषार्थ करो , एक दो को सहयोग दो , आगे बढ़ाओ . tō abhī tīvr purūṣhārth karō , ēk dō kō sahyōg dō , āgē baṛhāō . tō ab[adv.hī] tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kō[postp.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , āgē baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then now intense effort do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) to cooperation (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) , previously increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
283So now make fast effort! 284Give co-operation to one another! 285Make them move forward!
247कमज़ोर को सहारा दो . kamzōr kō sahārā dō . kamjōr[adj.] kō[postp.] sahārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . weak to support (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) .
286Give weak ones your support!
248ऐसा संगठन बनाओ . aisā saṅgaṭhan banāō . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅgaṭhan[x] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . such gathering create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
287Create such a gathering!
249अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
288Achcha.
250ग्राम विकास विंग , साइंस इंजीनियर विंग और स्पार्क : अपना परिचय अच्छी तरह दे रहे हैं . grām vikās wing , science engineer wing aur SpARC : apnā parichay achchhī tarah dē rahē haĩ . grām[n.m.;sg.,d.] vikās[n.m.;sg.,d.] wing , science engineer wing aur SpARC : apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parichay[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . Rural Development wing , science engineer wing and SPARC : (adopt[root]|one’s own) introduction achcha x give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
289Rural Development, Scientists & Engineers and Sparc wings: You are giving your own introduction very well.
251अच्छा तीनों ही वर्ग का समाचार बापदादा ने सुना है . achchhā tīnō̃ hī varg kā samāchār bāpdādā nē sunā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tīnō̃[adj.] hī[p.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] sunnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . achcha all three only profession of news BapDada ∅ listen[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
290BapDada heard the news of all three wings.
252तो हर एक वर्ग जो भी आये हो उन्होंने आपस में अच्छी प्रगतिशील मीटिंग की है और मीटिंग में अपना-अपना आगे का प्लैन भी बनाया है . tō har ēk varg jō bhī āyē hō unhōnnē āpas mē̃ achchhī pragatiśhīl meeting kī hai aur meeting mē̃ apnā-apnā āgē kā plan bhī banāyā hai . tō har ēk[x] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] vah[pn.pl.nē] āpas mē̃[x] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] pragatiśhīl[adj.] meeting karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] aur meeting mē̃[postp.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āgē kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan bhī[p.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . then each one profession that too come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] that[.nē] with each other achcha progressive meeting do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] and meeting in (adopt[root]|one’s own) previously of plan too create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
291All three wings that have come have had very good meetings for progress among yourselves and have made your own plans for the future.
253बापदादा खुश है कि आजकल वर्ग वाले सेवा में हर एक नम्बरवन लेना चाहते हैं . bāpdādā khuśh hai ki ājkal varg vālē sēvā mē̃ har ēk number one lēnā chāhtē haĩ . bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] ājkal varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] har ēk[x] number one lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+cāhnā] . BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] that nowadays profession those who service in each one number one take[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+cāhnā] .
292BapDada is pleased that, in service, each wing nowadays wants to claim number one.
254यह तीव्र पुरूषार्थ का उमंग उत्साह देख बापदादा सभी वर्गों को खास इन तीनों वर्गों को पदमगुणा मुबारक दे रहे हैं . yah tīvr purūṣhārth kā umaṅg utsāh dēkh bāpdādā sabhī vargō̃ kō khās in tīnō̃ vargō̃ kō padamguṇā mubārak dē rahē haĩ . yah[pn.sg.d.] tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[root] bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] varg[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] khās yah[pn.pl.o.]|in tīnō̃[adj.] varg[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . this intense effort of zeal enthusiasm see[root] BapDada all profession to x (this|in) all three profession to multimillion-fold congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
293Seeing this zeal and enthusiasm for fast effort, BapDada is giving multimillionfold congratulations to all the wings and, in particular, to these three wings.
255प्लैन अच्छे बनाये हैं . plan achchhē banāyē haĩ . plan achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] banānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . plan achcha create[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
294You have made good plans.
256अच्छे बनाये हैं और उमंग का बनाया है . achchhē banāyē haĩ aur umaṅg kā banāyā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] banānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] aur umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . achcha create[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] and zeal of create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
295You have made good plans that are filled with enthusiasm.
257इसलिए बापदादा तीनों को कहते हैं जो प्लैन बनाये हैं वह अभी जल्दी से जल्दी प्रैक्टिकल में लाओ . isliē bāpdādā tīnō̃ kō kahtē haĩ jō plan banāyē haĩ vah abhī jaldī sē jaldī practical mē̃ lāō . isliē bāpdādā tīnō̃[adj.] kō[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] plan banānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] ab[adv.hī] jaldī sē[postp.] jaldī practical mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . therefore BapDada all three to say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that plan create[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that now very quickly from very quickly practical in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
296This is why BapDada is telling all three wings: whatever plans you have made, put them into a practical form as quickly as possible.
258बापदादा को पसन्द है . bāpdādā kō pasand hai . bāpdādā kō[postp.] pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada to love be[pres.sg.23] .
297BapDada likes them.
259सिर्फ बीच-बीच में आजकल तो फोन सिस्टम भी है , आपस में कान्फ्रेन्स करने की . sirph bīch-bīch mē̃ ājkal tō phone system bhī hai , āpas mē̃ conference karnē kī|key . sirph[adj.] bīch-bīch mē̃[x] ājkal tō phone system bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , āpas mē̃[x] conference karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key . only x nowadays then x x too be[pres.sg.23] , with each other conference do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) . 260तो हर एक वर्ग का जो विशेष निमित्त है , वह बीच-बीच में फोन कान्फ्रेन्स करके भी उमंग उत्साह बढ़ाओ . tō har ēk varg kā jō viśhēṣh nimitt hai , vah bīch-bīch mē̃ phone conference karkē bhī umaṅg utsāh baṛhāō . tō har ēk[x] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] bīch-bīch mē̃[x] phone conference karnā[abs.] bhī[p.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then each one profession of that special instrument be[pres.sg.23] , that x x conference do[abs.] too zeal enthusiasm increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
298Every now and then, using the phone system of having conference calls, those who are special instruments of each wing should have conference calls among themselves and increase zeal and enthusiasm.
261क्योंकि अपने-अपने शहर में उमंग उत्साह दिलायेंगे तो जैसे मीटिंग में उमंग उत्साह आता है विशेष . kyōṅki apnē-apnē śhahar mē̃ umaṅg utsāh dilāyēṅgē tō jaisē meeting mē̃ umaṅg utsāh ātā hai viśhēṣh . kyōṅki apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhahar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dilānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] meeting mē̃[postp.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] viśhēṣh[adj.] . because one’s own city in zeal enthusiasm x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then like meeting in zeal enthusiasm come[pres.sg.m.23] special .
299When you have zeal and enthusiasm in your own cities, it will be like giving zeal and enthusiasm to the meetings.
262ऐसे बीच-बीच में रिजल्ट पूछ उन्हों को भी उमंग में लाओ . aisē bīch-bīch mē̃ result pūchh unhō̃ kō bhī umaṅg mē̃ lāō . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bīch-bīch mē̃[x] result pūchhnā[root] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . such x result ask[root] that to too zeal in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
300Every now and then, ask for the result and give them encouragement in this way.
263अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
301It is good.
264यह बोर्ड पब्लिक के तरफ करो . yah board public kē|K taraph karō . yah[pn.sg.d.] board public kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this board x (of|K) direction do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
302Turn the banner around towards the public.
265नेचर की भी आजकल सभी को चिंता है . nature kī|key bhī ājkal sabhī kō chintā hai . nature karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] ājkal sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] chintā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . nature (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too nowadays all to worry be[pres.sg.23] .
303Nowadays, everyone is worried about nature too.
266तो आप विशेष सन्देश दो , मन की नेचर द्वारा प्रकृति की नेचर को कैसे सुधार सकते हैं . tō āp viśhēṣh sandēśh dō , man kī|key nature dvārā prakr̥iti kī|key nature kō kaisē sudhār saktē haĩ . tō āp[pn.pl.] viśhēṣh[adj.] sandēśh[x] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , man[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key nature dvārā prakr̥iti[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key nature kō[postp.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sudhārnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . then you special message (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) , mind (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) nature through matter (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) nature to how reform[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
304So, you should give a special message: how we can change the nature of the elements with the nature of the mind.
267प्लैन बनाया है लेकिन अभी हर जगह मिलकर प्रोग्राम द्वारा एनाउन्स करो , छोटे-छोटे प्रोग्राम भी बनाओ लेकिन आवाज फैलाओ . plan banāyā hai lēkin abhī har|her jagah milkar programme dvārā announce karō , chhōṭē-chhōṭē programme bhī banāō lēkin āvāj phailāō . plan banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] lēkin ab[adv.hī] har|harnā[root]|her jagah[n.f.;sg.] milnā[abs.] programme dvārā announce karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] programme bhī[p.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin āvāz[n.f.;sg.] phailānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . plan create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] but now (x|x[root]) x receive[abs.] programme through announce do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , small programme too create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but noise spread[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
305You have made the plans, but now everyone together should announce through programmes, even when you have small programmes, and spread the sound.
268अभी जो भी प्रोग्राम चल रहे हैं बापदादा ने देखा कि हर एक प्रोग्राम में आवाज फैलाने का तरीका बहुत अच्छा बनाया है और भी जो कर रहे हैं , उसमें सबके निमित्त बने हुए सेवाधारियों की राय लेकर और प्रोग्राम में चार चांद और लगाओ . abhī jō bhī programme chal rahē haĩ bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki har ēk programme mē̃ āvāj phailānē kā tarīkā bahut achchhā banāyā hai aur bhī jō kar rahē haĩ , usmē̃ sabkē nimitt banē huē sēvādhāriyō̃ kī|key rāy lēkar aur programme mē̃ chār chānd aur lagāō . ab[adv.hī] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] programme chalnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] har ēk[x] programme mē̃[postp.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] phailānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tarīkā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] aur bhī[p.] jō[pn.;d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.mē̃] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] sēvādhārī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key rāy[n.f.;sg.]|rāy[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[abs.] aur programme mē̃[postp.] chār[adj.] chānd[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now that too programme continue[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that each one programme in noise spread[inf.m.pl.,o.] of method very achcha create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] and too that do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , that[.mē̃] everyone's instrument (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] server (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (x) take[abs.] and programme in four moon and attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
306BapDada has seen that in all the programmes that are taking place now you have created a very good method of spreading the sound, and whatever else you are doing, take suggestions from the serviceable instruments and glorify the programmes even more.
269जहाँ भी जायें विशेष या छोटे-छोटे स्थान में भी आवाज हो , ब्रह्माकुमारियां कुछ प्रोग्राम कर रही हैं . jahā̃ bhī jāyē̃ viśhēṣh yā chhōṭē-chhōṭē sthān mē̃ bhī āvāj hō , brahmākumāriyā̃ kuchh programme kar rahī haĩ . jahā̃ bhī[p.] jānā[opt.pl.12hon3] viśhēṣh[adj.] yā chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , brahmākumārī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] kuchh programme karnā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] . where there too go[opt.pl.12hon3] special or small place in too noise (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , Brahma Kumari anything programme do[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] .
307Wherever you go, whether it is in big places or small places, there should be the sound: the Brahma Kumaris are doing a programme.
270शान्ति में नहीं बैठो , अभी उमंग उत्साह से आवाज फैलाओ . śhānti mē̃ nahī̃ baiṭhō , abhī umaṅg utsāh sē āvāj phailāō . śhānti mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] baiṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , ab[adv.hī] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] phailānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . peace in not sit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , now zeal enthusiasm from noise spread[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
308Do not just sit down peacefully. 309Now spread the sound with zeal and enthusiasm.
271अभी नजदीक आने का समय है . abhī najdīk ānē kā samay hai . ab[adv.hī] nazdīk ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now x (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) of time be[pres.sg.23] .
310It is now time for them to come closer.
272वायुमण्डल अभी वैराग्य वृत्ति का नवीनता देखने और सुनने का इच्छुक है . vāyumaṇḍal abhī vairāgya vr̥itti kā navīntā dēkhnē aur sunnē kā ichchhuk hai . vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.hī] vairāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] aur sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ichchhuk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . atmosphere now disinterest attitude of newness see[inf.m.pl.,o.] and listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] of x be[pres.sg.23] .
311The atmosphere is of an attitude of disinterest, and people want to see and hear something new.
273एक दो में राय कर और उत्साह उमंग का चारों ओर आवाज फैलाओ . ēk dō mē̃ rāy kar aur utsāh umaṅg kā chārō̃ ōr āvāj phailāō . ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] mē̃[postp.] rāy[n.f.;sg.]|rāy[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[root] aur utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chārō̃ ōr[x] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] phailānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) in (x) do[root] and enthusiasm zeal of everywhere noise spread[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
312Discuss this among yourselves and spread the sound of zeal and enthusiasm everywhere.
274मुख्य जो स्थान हैं , देश हैं उसमें वर्तमान समय इकठ्ठा सन्देश पहुंचे , हर मुख्य स्थान पर अखबारों में आवे , यह हुआ , यह हुआ … यह कर रहे हैं , यह कर रहे हैं … चाहे रेडियो , चाहे टी . वी . सब तरफ से आवाज फैलाओ . mukhya jō sthān haĩ , dēśh haĩ usmē̃ vartamān samay ikaṭhṭhā sandēśh pahuñchē , har|her mukhya sthān par akhbārō̃ mē̃ āvē , yah huā , yah huā … yah kar rahē haĩ , yah kar rahē haĩ … chāhē radio , chāhē T . we|V . sab taraph sē āvāj phailāō . mukhya[adj.] jō[pn.;d.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] vartamān[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sandēśh[x] pahuñchnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|pahuñchnā[opt.sg.23] , har|harnā[root]|her mukhya[adj.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] akhbār[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[opt.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] … yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] … chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] radio , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] T . we|V . sab[adj.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] phailānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . main that place be[pres.pl.12hon3] , land be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.mē̃] present time together message (reach[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|reach[opt.sg.23]) , (x|x[root]) main place (at|other) newspaper in come[opt.sg.23] , this be[past-part.m.sg.d.] , this be[past-part.m.sg.d.] … this do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , this do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] … (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x . (x) . all direction from noise spread[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
313The same news should reach all the main places and the main countries everywhere. 314It should be printed in the newspapers in the main places: this happened, that happened, we are doing this and that. 315Spread the sound through the radio and TV.
275अपने-अपने एरिया में भी टी . वी . द्वारा रेडियो द्वारा आवाज फैला सकते हो . apnē-apnē area mē̃ bhī T . we|V . dvārā radio dvārā āvāj phailā saktē hō . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] area mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] T . we|V . dvārā radio dvārā āvāz[n.f.;sg.] phailānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . one’s own x in too x . (x) . through x through noise spread[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
316You can spread the sound in your own areas through the Radio and TV.
276अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
317Achcha.
277बहुत-बहुत मुबारक हो , वर्ग आजकल उत्साह में कर रहे हैं , और करते रहना . bahut-bahut mubārak hō , varg ājkal utsāh mē̃ kar rahē haĩ , aur kartē rahnā . bahut mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] ājkal utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , aur karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . very congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , profession nowadays enthusiasm in do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , and do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
318Many, many congratulations! 319All the wings are nowadays doing everything with a lot of enthusiasm and will continue to do so.
278अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
320Achcha.
279सिंधी ग्रुप : सिंधी ग्रुप वाले हाथ उठाओ . sindhī group : sindhī group vālē hāth uṭhāō . sindhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] group : sindhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] group vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x group : x group those who raise your hands .
321Sindhi Group: The Sindhi group, raise your hands!
280यह उमंग सेवा का तरीका बहुत अच्छा बना लिया है . yah umaṅg sēvā kā tarīkā bahut achchhā banā liyā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tarīkā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bannā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+lēnā]|banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] . this zeal service of method very achcha (become[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+lēnā]|create[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā]) .
322You have created a very good method of serving with enthusiasm.
281बापदादा विशेष निमित्त बनने वाले उन्हों को मुबारक देते हैं क्योंकि इसी कारण सभी को सन्देश तो मिल गया . bāpdādā viśhēṣh nimitt bannē vālē unhō̃ kō mubārak dētē haĩ kyōṅki isī kāraṇ sabhī kō sandēśh tō mil gayā . bāpdādā viśhēṣh[adj.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kyōṅki yah[pn.sg.hī] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] sandēśh[x] tō milnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . BapDada special instrument become[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who that to congratulations give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] because this[.hī] because all to message then receive[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
323BapDada is giving congratulations specially to those who have become instruments, for it is because of them that everyone received the message.
282आये कितने भी लेकिन परिचय कितनों को मिला . āyē kitnē bhī lēkin parichay kitnō̃ kō milā . ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] lēkin parichay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) so too but introduction so to (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) .
324No matter how many came, so many more received the introduction.
283और सभी औरों को भी यह आपका साधन अच्छा लगेगा . aur sabhī aurō̃ kō bhī yah āpkā sādhan achchhā lagēgā . aur sab[adv.hī] aurō̃ kō[postp.] bhī[p.] yah[pn.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā lagnā[fut.m.sg.23] . and all others to too this you[.kā] facilities enjoy .
325Others too will like this method of yours.
284सेवा भी हो गई और मनाना भी हो गया . sēvā bhī hō gaī aur manānā bhī hō gayā . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] aur manānā[inf.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . service too be[past-part.f..root+jānā] and celebrate[inf.m.sg.d.] too be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
326It was service and also a celebration.
285डबल काम हो गया और जो भी साथ में आये हैं उन्हों की दुआयें भी मिल जायेंगी . double kām hō gayā aur jō bhī sāth mē̃ āyē haĩ unhō̃ kī|key duāyē̃ bhī mil jāyēṅgī . double kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] aur jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] milnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . double (task|lust) be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] and that too with in come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) blessing too receive[fut.f.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
327It was double work, and you will also receive blessings from all those who have come with you.
286अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
328It is good.
287बाप को , शिवबाबा को अपने अवतरण का स्थान कौन सा पसन्द आया ? bāp kō , śhivbābā kō apnē avataraṇ kā sthān kaun sā pasand āyā ? bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] , śhivbābā kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] avataraṇ[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun sā[x] pasand[n.f.;sg.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? father to , Shiv Baba to one’s own incarnation of place which love come[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
329Which place did the Father, Shiv Baba, choose as His birthplace?
288सिन्ध पसन्द आई ना ! sindh pasand eye|āī|I nā ! sindh[n.m.;sg.,d.] pasand[n.f.;sg.] eye|ānā[past-part.f.]|I nā ! Sindh love (eye|come[past-part.f.]|x) ∅ !
330He liked Sindh, did He not?
289तो भाग्य है ना ! tō bhāgya hai nā ! tō bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! then x be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
331So, it is fortune, is it not?
290अवतरण के स्थान का महत्व कितना होता है ! avataraṇ kē|K sthān kā mahatva kitnā hōtā hai ! avataraṇ[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] ! incarnation (of|K) place of importance so be[pres.sg.m.23] !
332The place of incarnation has so much importance!
291जो भी धर्म पिता आये हैं उन्हों के जन्म स्थान का कितना यादगार रहता है . jō bhī dharm pitā āyē haĩ unhō̃ kē|K janm sthān kā kitnā yādgār rahtā hai . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] pitā[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yādgār[x] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] . that too religion father come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that (of|K) (life|be born[root]) place of so memorial remain[pres.sg.m.23] .
333The place of birth of any father of religion has so much importance.
292तो सिन्ध जन्म भूमि उसका भी बहुत महत्व है . tō sindh janm bhūmi uskā bhī bahut mahatva hai . tō sindh[n.m.;sg.,d.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] bhūmi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vah[pn.sg.kā] bhī[p.] bahut mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then Sindh (life|be born[root]) x that[.kā] too very importance be[pres.sg.23] .
334So, the birthplace of Sindh also has a lot of importance.
293अभी यह प्लैन बना रही है , जनक प्रोग्राम बना रही है , अभी आप भी अपने-अपने पहचान वाले को जो वहाँ बैठे हैं , अगर परिचय है तो उन्हों को समाचार सुनाओ कि अभी यह स्थान अपना स्थान लिया है . abhī yah plan banā rahī hai , janak programme banā rahī hai , abhī āp bhī apnē-apnē pahchān vālē kō jō vahā̃ baiṭhē haĩ , agar parichay hai tō unhō̃ kō samāchār sunāō ki abhī yah sthān apnā sthān liyā hai . ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.d.] plan bannā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.past-part+rahnā]|banānā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , janak[n.m.;sg.,d.] programme bannā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.past-part+rahnā]|banānā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , ab[adv.hī] āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pahchān[n.f.;sg.]|pahchānnā[root] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] vahā̃ baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , agar parichay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.d.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . now this plan (become[pres-perf.sg.f.23.past-part+rahnā]|create[pres.sg.f.prog.23]) , Janak programme (become[pres-perf.sg.f.23.past-part+rahnā]|create[pres.sg.f.prog.23]) , now you too one’s own (recognition|recognise[root]) those who to that there sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , if introduction be[pres.sg.23] then that to news speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that now this place (adopt[root]|one’s own) place take[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
335This one is now making a plan. 336Janak is making a programme to visit there. 337If you are in contact with people sitting there, give them the news that we have now got our own place there.
294छोटे से बड़ा हो जायेगा . chhōṭē sē baṛā hō jāyēgā . chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . small from very be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
338It will become large from small.
295लेकिन बापदादा यह अटेन्शन दिलाते हैं कि जिस समय जाओ उस समय के वायुमण्डल को जानकर फिर कदम उठाना क्योंकि यह इन लोगों के बदलने में देरी नहीं लगती है . lēkin bāpdādā yah attention dilātē haĩ ki jis samay jāō us samay kē|K vāyumaṇḍal kō jānkar phir kadam uṭhānā kyōṅki yah in lōgō̃ kē|K badalnē mē̃ dērī nahī̃ lagtī hai . lēkin bāpdādā yah[pn.sg.d.] attention dilānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] jis samay[x] jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] jānnā[abs.] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] kyōṅki yah[pn.sg.d.] yah[pn.pl.o.]|in log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K badalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] dērī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] . but BapDada this attention x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that x go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that time (of|K) atmosphere to know[abs.] (turn[root]|then) step uplift[inf.m.sg.d.] because this (this|in) people (of|K) change[inf.m.pl.,o.] in x not x[pres.sg.f.23] .
339However, BapDada is drawing your attention to something: before you go, know the atmosphere before taking the step because you can't tell what can happen at any time.
296बाकी अच्छा है , जहाँ जन्म स्थान है वहाँ प्रत्यक्षता होनी ही चाहिए . bākī achchhā hai , jahā̃ janm sthān hai vahā̃ pratyakṣhatā hōnī hī chāhiē . bākī|bākī achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jahā̃ janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vahā̃ pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[inf.f.] hī[p.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . (but|others) achcha be[pres.sg.23] , where there (life|be born[root]) place be[pres.sg.23] there revelation be[inf.f.] only (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .
340Otherwise, it is good. 341Revelation definitely has to take place where the birthplace is.
297चाहे कोई भी धर्म वाले हों लेकिन है तो एक ही बाप के बच्चे . chāhē kōī bhī dharm vālē hō̃ lēkin hai tō ēk hī bāp kē|K bachchē . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] kōī bhī[x] dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] lēkin hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō ēk[adj.] hī[p.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) anyone religion those who be[opt.pl.12hon3] but be[pres.sg.23] then one only father (of|K) child .
342It does not matter which religion someone belongs to. 343After all, all are the children of the one Father.
298बाप का सन्देश सुनने के लिए सभी का हक लगता है . bāp kā sandēśh sunnē kē liē sabhī kā hak lagtā hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sandēśh[x] sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hak[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] . father of message listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] for all of x x[pres.sg.m.23] .
344Everyone has a right to hear the Father's message.
299तो बापदादा आपका यह प्लैन देखकर खुश है . tō bāpdādā āpkā yah plan dēkhkar khuśh hai . tō bāpdādā āp[pn.pl.kā] yah[pn.sg.d.] plan dēkhnā[abs.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then BapDada you[.kā] this plan see[abs.] happy be[pres.sg.23] .
345BapDada is pleased to see this plan of yours.
300सभी को जो भी आये हैं उन सबको बापदादा विशेष मुबारक दे रहे हैं . sabhī kō jō bhī āyē haĩ un sabkō bāpdādā viśhēṣh mubārak dē rahē haĩ . sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] sabkō bāpdādā viśhēṣh[adj.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . all to that too come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that everything BapDada special congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
346BapDada is giving special congratulations to all those who have come.
301मुबारक हो , मुबारक हो . mubārak hō , mubārak hō . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
347Congratulations! 348Congratulations!
302डबल विदेशी - बापदादा ने देखा कि डबल विदेशी चांस लेने में बहुत होशियार हैं . double vidēśhī - bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki double vidēśhī chance lēnē mē̃ bahut hōśhiyār haĩ . double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] - bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] chance lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] bahut hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . double foreigner - BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that double foreigner chance take[inf.m.pl.,o.] in very clever be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
349Double foreigners: BapDada has seen that the double foreigners are clever in taking a chance.
303कहाँ से भी पहुंच भी जाते और अपने सर्विस के प्लैन अच्छे-अच्छे बनाके संगठन भी अपना मजबूत कर लेते . kahā̃ sē bhī pahuñch bhī jātē aur apnē service kē|K plan achchhē-achchhē banākē saṅgaṭhan bhī apnā majbūt kar lētē . kahā̃ sē[postp.] bhī[p.] pahuñchnā[root] bhī[p.] jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] aur apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] service[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K plan achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] banānā[abs.] saṅgaṭhan[x] bhī[p.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] majbūt[adj.] karnā[root] lēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . where from too reach[root] too go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] and one’s own service (of|K) plan achcha create[abs.] gathering too (adopt[root]|one’s own) x do[root] take[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
350You come from anywhere and with your very good service plans, you make your gathering strong.
304स्थान बहुत अच्छा ढूंढा है . sthān bahut achchhā ḍhūṇḍhā hai . sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ḍhūṇḍhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . place very achcha discover[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
351You have chosen a very good place.
305बाप से भी मिलना , परिवार से भी मिलना और अपनी प्रोग्रेस भी करना . bāp sē bhī milnā , parivār sē bhī milnā aur apnī progress bhī karnā . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] milnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] milnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] progress bhī[p.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . father from too receive[inf.m.sg.d.] , family from too receive[inf.m.sg.d.] and one’s own progress too do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
352To meet the Father, to meet the family and also to make your own progress.
306यह बापदादा को पसन्द है . yah bāpdādā kō pasand hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this BapDada to love be[pres.sg.23] .
353BapDada likes this.
307विदेशी ऐसा सैम्पुल बनके दिखाओ जो जिस देश में निमित्त हो उस देश में जो भी सेन्टर हो , जितने भी सेन्टर हो वह निर्विघ्न बनने का एक्जैम्पुल बनाके दिखाओ . vidēśhī aisā sample bankē dikhāō jō jis dēśh mē̃ nimitt hō us dēśh mē̃ jō bhī centre hō , jitnē bhī centre hō vah nirvighna bannē kā example banākē dikhāō . vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sample bannā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] jō[pn.sg.o.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] vah[pn.sg.o.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] centre hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , jitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] centre hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] vah[pn.sg.d.] nirvighna[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] example banānā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . foreigner such sample become[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that that land in instrument (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that land in that too centre (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , the more too centre (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that free from obstacles become[inf.m.pl.,o.] of example create[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
354Foreigners, become such samples that whatever country and whatever centre you are an instrument for, make it an example of it being free from obstacles.
308नम्बर लो . number lō|low . number lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low . number (take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low) .
355Claim this number.
309इन्डिया के ज़ोन भी पुरूषार्थ कर रहे हैं , अभी एनाउन्स नहीं हुआ है लेकिन आप नम्बर ले लो . India kē|K zone bhī purūṣhārth kar rahē haĩ , abhī announce nahī̃ huā hai lēkin āp number lē lō . India kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K zone bhī[p.] puruṣhārth karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , ab[adv.hī] announce nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] number lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] . India (of|K) zone too effort do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , now announce not be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] but you number take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] .
356The zones in India are also making effort. 357It hasn't been announced as yet, but you can claim this number.
310जो भी ले . jō bhī lē . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] lēnā[root]|lēnā[opt.sg.23] . that too (take[root]|take[opt.sg.23]) .
358Anyone can take it.
311हिम्मत अच्छी है और सहयोग भी अच्छा मिला हुआ है . himmat achchhī hai aur sahyōg bhī achchhā milā huā hai . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . courage achcha be[pres.sg.23] and cooperation too achcha (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
359You have good courage and you have also received good co-operation.
312बापदादा ने देखा कि जो बनाते हैं उसकी जो पैकिंग करते हैं , इन्डियन भाषा में कहा जाता है पीठ करते हैं . bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki jō banātē haĩ uskī jō paikiṅg kartē haĩ , Indian bhāṣhā mē̃ kahā jātā hai pīṭh kartē haĩ . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] jō[pn.;d.] banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.kī] jō[pn.;d.] x karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , Indian bhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] pīṭh[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that that create[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that[.kī] that x do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , x language in (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) back do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
360BapDada has seen that whoever makes the programme, you have to have its backing. 361In the Indian language, you call it "peeth" (follow-up).
313कनेक्शन जोड़के किसी भी साधन से कनेक्शन में आगे बढ़ाते हैं . connection jōṛkē kisī bhī sādhan sē connection mē̃ āgē baṛhātē haĩ . connection jōṛnā[abs.] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] connection mē̃[postp.] āgē baṛhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . connection connect[abs.] (anything|some) too facilities from connection in previously increase[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
362You have to make a connection and then continue to increase that connection.
314अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
363It is good.
315उमंग उत्साह की लहर फैलाते रहते हो और हर साल कुछ न कुछ विशेषता एड भी करते . umaṅg utsāh kī|key lahar phailātē rahtē hō aur har|her sāl kuchh na kuchh viśhēṣhtā add bhī kartē . umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key lahar[n.f.;sg.] phailānā[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] aur har|harnā[root]|her sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kuchh na[neg] kuchh viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] add bhī[p.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . zeal enthusiasm (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) wave spread[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] and (x|x[root]) year anything not anything speciality add too do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
364You continue to spread the wave of zeal and enthusiasm, and, every year, you add one speciality or another.
316इसलिए बापदादा पदमगुणा मुबारक दे रहे हैं . isliē bāpdādā padamguṇā mubārak dē rahē haĩ . isliē bāpdādā padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . therefore BapDada multimillion-fold congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
365This is why BapDada is giving multimillionfold congratulations.
317अभी इन्दौर क्या करेगा ? abhī Indore kyā karēgā ? ab[adv.hī] Indore kyā karnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? now Indore what do[fut.m.sg.23] ?
366What will Indore do now?
318कोई एक्जैम्पुल नम्बरवन बनाके दिखायेगा , चाहे इन्दौर करे चाहे राजस्थान करे , नम्बर ले लो . kōī example number one banākē dikhāyēgā , chāhē Indore karē chāhē rājasthān karē , number lē lō . kōī[pn.;d.] example number one banānā[abs.] dikhānā[fut.m.sg.23] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] Indore karnā[opt.sg.23] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] rājasthān karnā[opt.sg.23] , number lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] . some example number one create[abs.] x[fut.m.sg.23] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) Indore do[opt.sg.23] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x do[opt.sg.23] , number take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] .
367You will show a number one example. 368Whether Indore does this or Rajasthan does it, take this number.
319है हिम्मत . hai himmat . hōnā[pres.sg.23] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] . be[pres.sg.23] courage . 320है ना हिम्मत ? hai nā himmat ? hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] ? be[pres.sg.23] ∅ courage ?
369You have this courage, do you not?
321बापदादा को साथी तो बनाया ही है . bāpdādā kō sāthī tō banāyā hī hai . bāpdādā kō[postp.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada to companion then create[past-part.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
370You have made BapDada your Companion anyway.
322तो बापदादा साथ है सिर्फ निमित्त बनना है . tō bāpdādā sāth hai sirph nimitt bannā hai . tō bāpdādā sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sirph[adj.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then BapDada with be[pres.sg.23] only instrument become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
371So BapDada is with you. 372You just have to become an instrument.
323अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
373Achcha.
324बापदादा हर एक बच्चे की विशेषता को देख रहे हैं . bāpdādā har ēk bachchē kī|key viśhēṣhtā kō dēkh rahē haĩ . bāpdādā har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . BapDada each one child (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality to see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
374BapDada is seeing the speciality of each child.
325हर एक बच्चे में किसी न किसी सबजेक्ट में विशेषता समाई हुई है इसलिए बापदादा इन्डिविज्युअल एक-एक बच्चे को होवनहार विजयी स्वरूप में देख रहे हैं क्योंकि सबको साथी बनके चलना है . har ēk bachchē mē̃ kisī na kisī subject mē̃ viśhēṣhtā samāī huī hai isliē bāpdādā individual ēk-ēk bachchē kō hōvanhār vijayī svarūp mē̃ dēkh rahē haĩ kyōṅki sabkō sāthī bankē chalnā hai . har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] na[neg] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] subject mē̃[postp.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] samānā[past-part.f.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] isliē bāpdādā individual ēk[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] hōvanhār[adj.] vijayī[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] kyōṅki sabkō sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[abs.] chalnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . each one child in (anything|some) not (anything|some) subject in speciality merge[past-part.f.] be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] therefore BapDada individually one child to forthcoming victorious form in see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] because everything companion become[abs.] continue[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
375Each child has the speciality of one subject or another merged in the self and this is why BapDada is seeing each child individually in his future victorious form because everyone has to return home together as a companion.
326साथ है , साथ चलेंगे . sāth hai , sāth chalē̃gē . sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . with be[pres.sg.23] , with continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
376You are together and you will return together.
327ब्रह्मा बाप के साथ में राज्य करेंगे . brahmā bāp kē sāth mē̃ rājya karē̃gē . brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] mē̃[postp.] rājya karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . Brahma father with in x .
377You will rule with Father Brahma.
328अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
378Achcha.
329चारों ओर के बच्चों को बापदादा देख देख खुश हो गीत गाते वाह बच्चे वाह ! chārō̃ ōr kē|K bachchō̃ kō bāpdādā dēkh dēkh khuśh hō gīt gātē vāh bachchē vāh ! chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā dēkhnā[root] dēkhnā[root] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] vāh bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vāh ! everywhere (of|K) child to BapDada see[root] see[root] happy (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) x sing[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] wah! child wah! !
379Seeing all the children everywhere, BapDada is pleased and is singing the song: wah children! wah!
330हर बच्चे के दिल में बाप है और बाप के दिल में हर बच्चा है . har|her bachchē kē|K dil mē̃ bāp hai aur bāp kē|K dil mē̃ har|her bachchā hai . har|harnā[root]|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] har|harnā[root]|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (x|x[root]) child (of|K) heart in father be[pres.sg.23] and father (of|K) heart in (x|x[root]) child be[pres.sg.23] .
380In the heart of every child is the Father and in the heart of the Father is every child.
331और यहाँ इतना परिवार मधुबन निवासी देखकर यह भी खुशी होती है वाह मधुबन वाह ! aur yahā̃ itnā parivār madhuban nivāsī dēkhkar yah bhī khuśhī hōtī hai vāh madhuban vāh ! aur yahā̃ itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[abs.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] vāh madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vāh ! and here such family Madhuban resident see[abs.] this too happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] wah! Madhuban wah! !
381Seeing this huge family, the residents of Madhuban, there is the happiness, wah Madhuban! wah!
332सबका एशलम मधुबन है ही है इसलिए मधुबन में भागकर आ जाते हैं . sabkā asylum madhuban hai hī hai isliē madhuban mē̃ bhāgkar ā jātē haĩ . sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] asylum madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] isliē madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhāgnā[abs.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . everyone's asylum Madhuban be[pres.sg.23] only be[pres.sg.23] therefore Madhuban in run[abs.] come[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
382Madhuban is anyway the asylum for everyone and this is why all of you come running to Madhuban.
333अब बाप की जो आशा है वह जल्दी से जल्दी पूर्ण करना है . ab bāp kī|key jō āśhā hai vah jaldī sē jaldī pūrṇ karnā hai . ab[adv.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key jō[pn.;d.] āśh, āśhā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] jaldī sē[postp.] jaldī pūrṇ[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . now father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) that desire be[pres.sg.23] that very quickly from very quickly x do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
383Now, you quickly have to fulfil the Father's hopes.
334चार ही सबजेक्ट में अनुभवी स्वरूप बनना ही है . chār hī subject mē̃ anubhavī svarūp bannā hī hai . chār[adj.] hī[p.] subject mē̃[postp.] anubhavī[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . four only subject in experienced form become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
384You definitely have to become embodiments of experience in all four subjects.
335बापदादा देश विदेश चारों ओर के बच्चे यहाँ बैठे देख रहे हैं . bāpdādā dēśh vidēśh chārō̃ ōr kē|K bachchē yahā̃ baiṭhē dēkh rahē haĩ . bāpdādā dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] yahā̃ baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . BapDada land abroad everywhere (of|K) child here (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
385Seeing the children from this land and everywhere abroad sitting here, BapDada is pleased.
336सभी कैसे देख देख हर्षित हो रहे हैं . sabhī kaisē dēkh dēkh harṣhit hō rahē haĩ . sab[adv.hī] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēkhnā[root] dēkhnā[root] harṣhit[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . all how see[root] see[root] cheerful be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
386Everyone is also pleased on seeing all of this.
337यह साधन , यह साइंस इसी समय प्रोग्रेस में जा रही है , नई नई इन्वेन्शन दुनिया के हैं लेकिन आपके फायदे के साधन अच्छे अच्छे निकाल रहे हैं . yah sādhan , yah science isī samay progress mē̃ jā rahī hai , naī naī invention duniyā kē|K haĩ lēkin āpkē phāydē kē|K sādhan achchhē achchhē nikāl rahē haĩ . yah[pn.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] science yah[pn.sg.hī] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] progress mē̃[postp.] jānā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] invention duniyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin āp[pn.pl.kē] fāydā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nikālnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . this facilities , this science this[.hī] time progress in go[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , new new invention world (of|K) be[pres.pl.12hon3] but you[.kē] profit (of|K) facilities achcha achcha x[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
387These facilities and science are progressing at this time. 388There are many new inventions of the world, but they are facilities for your benefit. 389They are inventing many good inventions.
338दूर होते भी साथ हैं . dūr hōtē bhī sāth haĩ . dūr[adj.] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . distant be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too with be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
390While being far away, you are together.
339तो साइंस वालों को भी मुबारक है जो साधन तो बनाये हैं . tō science vālō̃ kō bhī mubārak hai jō sādhan tō banāyē haĩ . tō science vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō banānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . then science those who to too congratulations be[pres.sg.23] that facilities then create[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
391So, congratulations to the scientists that they have invented the facilities.
340अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
341सभी बच्चों को देश विदेश के सभी बच्चों को बहुत-बहुत दिल का प्यार और याद स्वीकार हो और विशेष ऐसे विशेष बच्चों को नमस्ते . sabhī bachchō̃ kō dēśh vidēśh kē|K sabhī bachchō̃ kō bahut-bahut dil kā pyār aur yād svīkār hō aur viśhēṣh aisē viśhēṣh bachchō̃ kō namastē . sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bahut dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur yād[n.f.;sg.] svīkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur viśhēṣh[adj.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] viśhēṣh[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] namastē . all child to land abroad (of|K) all child to very heart of love and remembrance acceptance (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) and special such special child to x .
392Please accept lots and lots of love from the heart and remembrance to all the children from this land and abroad, and in particular, namaste to such special children.
342दादियों से : उमंग उत्साह भी अच्छा है और प्रबन्ध भी मिल रहा है . dādiyō̃ sē : umaṅg utsāh bhī achchhā hai aur prabandh bhī mil rahā hai . dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] : umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur prabandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] milnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . Dadi from : zeal enthusiasm too achcha be[pres.sg.23] and arrangement too receive[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
393To the Dadis: You have good enthusiasm and you are also receiving all facilities.
343यह साधन आपके समय ही निकले हैं , आपको ही सुख मिल रहा है . yah sādhan āpkē samay hī nikalē haĩ , āpkō hī sukh mil rahā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] nikalnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , āp[pn.pl.kō] hī[p.] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . this facilities you[.kē] time only be extracted[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , you[.kō] only happiness receive[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
394These facilities have been invented around your time and you are receiving happiness from them.
344वह विनाश की बातें ही करते और आप फायदा ले रहे हो . vah vināśh kī|key bātē̃ hī kartē aur āp phāydā lē rahē hō . vah[pn.sg.d.] vināśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hī[p.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] aur āp[pn.pl.] fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . that destruction (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) matter only do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] and you profit take[pres.pl.m.prog.2] .
395They are only talking about destruction and you are taking benefit.
345अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
396It is good.
346मोहिनी बहन मुम्बई हॉस्पिटल में हैं , उन्हों ने विशेष याद भेजी है : अभी लग गई है ना ठीक करने में , तो ठीक करके ही आवे . mōhinī bahan mumbaī hospital mē̃ haĩ , unhō̃ nē viśhēṣh yād bhējī hai : abhī lag gaī hai nā ṭhīk karnē mē̃ , tō ṭhīk karkē hī āvē . mōhinī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] x hospital mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.pl.o.] nē[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] yād[n.f.;sg.] bhējnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] : ab[adv.hī] lagnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] nā ṭhīk[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] , tō ṭhīk[adj.] karnā[abs.] hī[p.] ānā[opt.sg.23] . x x x hospital in be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that ∅ special remembrance x[pres-perf.sg.f.23] : now x[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] ∅ OK do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in , then OK do[abs.] only come[opt.sg.23] .
397Mohiniben is in a Mumbai hospital and has sent special remembrance: She has now become engaged in getting herself well, and so she should only come back when she is completely well.
347याद तो आती है लेकिन तबियत को भी साथ चलाना है . yād tō ātī hai lēkin tabiyat kō bhī sāth chalānā hai . yād[n.f.;sg.] tō ānā[pres.sg.f.23] lēkin tabiyat[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . remembrance then come[pres.sg.f.23] but health to too with x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
398Of course she remembers Baba, but she also has to look after her health.
348बापदादा को भी याद कर रही है , बापदादा के पास पहुंच रहा है . bāpdādā kō bhī yād kar rahī hai , bāpdādā kē pās pahuñch rahā hai . bāpdādā kō[postp.] bhī[p.] yād karnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , bāpdādā kē pās[x] pahuñchnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . BapDada to too remember , BapDada to reach[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
399She is remembering BapDada; it is reaching BapDada.
349उसको विशेष याद प्यार भी दे रहे हैं . uskō viśhēṣh yād pyār bhī dē rahē haĩ . vah[pn.sg.kō] viśhēṣh[adj.] yād[n.f.;sg.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . that[.kō] special remembrance love too give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
400Baba is also giving her special love and remembrance.
350दीदी निर्मलशान्ता से : आपकी हिम्मत शरीर को चला रही है . dīdī nirmalśhāntā sē : āpkī himmat śharīr kō chalā rahī hai . dīdī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nirmalśhāntā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] : āp[pn.pl.kī] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] chalnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.past-part+rahnā]|chalānā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . didi Nirmal Shanta from : you[.kī] courage body to (continue[pres-perf.sg.f.23.past-part+rahnā]|x[pres.sg.f.prog.23]) .
401Didi Nirmalshanta: Your courage is making your body move.
351बाप मददगार है और आपकी हिम्मत है . bāp madadgār hai aur āpkī himmat hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] madadgār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur āp[pn.pl.kī] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . father helper be[pres.sg.23] and you[.kī] courage be[pres.sg.23] .
402The Father is your Helper and it is your courage.
352रतनमोहिनी दादी से : उड़ा भी रहे हैं , उड़ भी रहे हैं . ratanmōhinī dādī sē : uṛā bhī rahē haĩ , uṛ bhī rahē haĩ . ratanmōhinī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] : uṛānā[root]|uṛnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , uṛnā[root] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . Ratanmohini Dadi from : (x[root]|fly[past-part.m.sg.d.]) too remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , fly[root] too remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
403Dadi Ratanmohini: You are making others fly and also flying yourself.
353शान्तामणि दादी से : ठीक है , खुश है . śāntāmaṇi dādī sē : ṭhīk hai , khuśh hai . x[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] : ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x Dadi from : OK be[pres.sg.23] , happy be[pres.sg.23] .
404Shantamani Dadi:You are OK. 405You are happy.
354दृष्टि ले रही है बहुत अच्छी . dr̥iṣhṭi lē rahī hai bahut achchhī . dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] lēnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] . drishti take[pres.sg.f.prog.23] very achcha .
406You are taking drishti very well.
355तीनों भाईयों से : तीनों ही मिलके शिवरात्रि का प्लैन बनाना . tīnō̃ bhāīyō̃ sē : tīnō̃ hī milkē śhivrātri kā plan banānā . tīnō̃[adj.] bhāī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] : tīnō̃[adj.] hī[p.] milnā[abs.] śhivrātri[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . all three brother from : all three only receive[abs.] Shiva Ratri of plan create[inf.m.sg.d.] .
407To the three senior brothers: All of you three together should make a plan for Shiv Ratri.
356जो भी विशेष स्थान हैं उसमें एक ही समय एक ही जैसा अपना-अपना करें , लेकिन मुख्य स्थानों में एडवरटाइज करो . jō bhī viśhēṣh sthān haĩ usmē̃ ēk hī samay ēk hī jaisā apnā-apnā karē̃ , lēkin mukhya sthānō̃ mē̃ advertise karō . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] viśhēṣh[adj.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , lēkin mukhya[adj.] sthān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] advertise karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that too special place be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.mē̃] one only time one only like (adopt[root]|one’s own) do[opt.pl.12hon3] , but main place in advertise do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
408All the main places should have their own programme at the same time. 409However, advertise it at the main places.
357सभी स्थानो पर हो . sabhī sthānō par hō . sab[adv.hī] sthān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . all place (at|other) (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
410It should be held in all places.
358क्योंकि मुख्य स्थान तो कहाँ न कहाँ प्रबन्ध करके कर सकते हैं जैसे एक ही समय बड़े प्रोग्राम किये ना ऐसे शिवरात्रि का प्रोग्राम जगह जगह पर हो और सभी तरफ का इकठ्ठा करके जैसे पहले दिखाया वैसे दिखाओ . kyōṅki mukhya sthān tō kahā̃ na kahā̃ prabandh karkē kar saktē haĩ jaisē ēk hī samay baṛē programme kiyē nā aisē śhivrātri kā programme jagah jagah par hō aur sabhī taraph kā ikaṭhṭhā karkē jaisē pahlē dikhāyā vaisē dikhāō . kyōṅki mukhya[adj.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō kahā̃ na kahā̃[x] prabandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] programme karnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] nā aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhivrātri[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme jagah[n.f.;sg.] jagah[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur sab[adv.hī] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[abs.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] dikhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . because main place then somewhere or other arrangement do[abs.] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] like one only time very programme do[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ∅ such Shiva Ratri of programme x x (at|other) (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) and all direction of together do[abs.] like (x|firstly) x[past-part.m.sg.d.] x x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
411All the main places can make arrangements to do this anywhere. 412You have had big programmes in many places at the same time. 413Similarly, there should be programmes for Shiv Ratri in different places, and then put them all together and show it to everyone, like you did earlier.
359मद्रास का प्रोग्राम बहुत अच्छा हुआ है : यह भी आपस में सेवा में कुछ एडीशन करना हो या नवीनता करनी हो तो आपस में मीटिंग करके उसको भी आगे बढ़ा सकते हो . madrās kā programme bahut achchhā huā hai : yah bhī āpas mē̃ sēvā mē̃ kuchh addition karnā hō yā navīntā karnī hō tō āpas mē̃ meeting karkē uskō bhī āgē baṛhā saktē hō . madrās[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] : yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] āpas mē̃[x] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] kuchh addition karnā[pres.pl.2.oblig1] yā navīntā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.2.oblig1] tō āpas mē̃[x] meeting karnā[abs.] vah[pn.sg.kō] bhī[p.] āgē baṛhānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . x of programme very achcha be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] : this too with each other service in anything addition do[pres.pl.2.oblig1] or newness do[pres.pl.2.oblig1] then with each other meeting do[abs.] that[.kō] too previously increase[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
414The programme in Madras was very good: If you want to make an addition to service among yourselves or if you want to bring about some newness, then have a meeting among yourselves and make that move forward.
360निमित्त हैं , निमित्त बनके काम तो अच्छा कर रहे हो लेकिन फिर भी इसमें एडीशन करनी हो तो कर सकते हो . nimitt haĩ , nimitt bankē kām tō achchhā kar rahē hō lēkin phir bhī ismē̃ addition karnī hō tō kar saktē hō . nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[abs.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] lēkin phir bhī[x] yah[pn.sg.mē̃] addition karnā[pres.pl.2.oblig1] tō karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . instrument be[pres.pl.12hon3] , instrument become[abs.] (task|lust) then achcha do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] but nevertheless this[.mē̃] addition do[pres.pl.2.oblig1] then do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
415You are an instrument and you are doing good work as an instrument, but nevertheless, if you want to make an addition, you can do so.
416To Brijmohan Bhai: Achcha.
361निजार भाई से : अच्छा मुबारक हो . nijār bhāī sē : achchhā mubārak hō . x bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] sē[postp.] : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . x (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) from : achcha congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
417Congratulations.
362प्रोग्राम तो अच्छा चल रहा है फिर भी आपस में राय करके अगर कुछ एडीशन करनी हो तो एडीशन भी करो , चलाते चलो . programme tō achchhā chal rahā hai phir bhī āpas mē̃ rāy karkē agar kuchh addition karnī hō tō addition bhī karō , chalātē chalō . programme tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] phir bhī[x] āpas mē̃[x] rāy[n.f.;sg.]|rāy[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] agar kuchh addition karnā[pres.pl.2.oblig1] tō addition bhī[p.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , chalānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . programme then achcha continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23] nevertheless with each other (x) do[abs.] if anything addition do[pres.pl.2.oblig1] then addition too do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
418Programmes are taking place very well. 419Nevertheless, discuss them among yourselves and if you want to make some additions, you can do that, and continue to make them move forward.
363जो राय हो वह सुनो , अगर पसन्द आवे तो उसको बढ़ाओ . jō rāy hō vah sunō , agar pasand āvē tō uskō baṛhāō . jō[pn.;d.] rāy[n.f.;sg.]|rāy[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] vah[pn.sg.d.] sunnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , agar pasand[n.f.;sg.] ānā[opt.sg.23] tō vah[pn.sg.kō] baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that (x) (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that listen[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , if love come[opt.sg.23] then that[.kō] increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
420Listen to advice. 421If you like it, take it further.
364बाकी अच्छा है . bākī achchhā hai . bākī|bākī achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (but|others) achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
422Otherwise, it is good.
365मीटिंग में जो भी राय हो वह दो और बाकी फिर सभी मिलकर फाइनल करने के बाद फिर उसको करके देखो . meeting mē̃ jō bhī rāy hō vah dō aur bākī phir sabhī milkar final karnē kē bād phir uskō karkē dēkhō . meeting mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] rāy[n.f.;sg.]|rāy[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] vah[pn.sg.d.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur bākī|bākī phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] sab[adv.hī] milnā[abs.] final karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē bād[x] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] vah[pn.sg.kō] karnā[abs.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . meeting in that too (x) (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) and (but|others) (turn[root]|then) all receive[abs.] final do[inf.m.pl.,o.] after (turn[root]|then) that[.kō] do[abs.] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
423Give your suggestions to the meeting, but everyone together should then finalise it and see it in practice.
366डायमण्ड हॉल में नई स्क्रीन लगाई गई है , जिसे बापदादा देख रहे हैं : सभी खुशी में उड़ रहे हो , यही बापदादा देख रहे हैं कि सभी एक-एक उड़ रहे हैं . diamond hall mē̃ naī screen lagāī gaī hai , jisē bāpdādā dēkh rahē haĩ : sabhī khuśhī mē̃ uṛ rahē hō , yahī bāpdādā dēkh rahē haĩ ki sabhī ēk-ēk uṛ rahē haĩ . diamond hall mē̃[postp.] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] screen lagānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.past-part+jānā]|lagānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.passive] , jō[pn.sg.kō] bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] : sab[adv.hī] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] uṛnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , yahī[pn.;d.] bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] sab[adv.hī] ēk[adj.] uṛnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . diamond hall in new x (attach[pres-perf.sg.f.23.past-part+jānā]|attach[pres-perf.sg.f.23.passive]) , that[.kō] BapDada see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] : all happiness in fly[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , this BapDada see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that all one fly[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
424Big new screens have been put up in Diamond Hall to which BapDada gave drishti: All of you are flying in happiness. 425BapDada is seeing that each one of you is flying.
426* * * O M S H A N T I * * *